Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Rod Type
RCP3 RCP2
RCP3-RA2AC RCP2-RA3C
ERC2 RCA2
RCP2-RGS4C
RCA RCS2
RCP2-RGD4C RCP2-SRA4R RCP2-RA10C
RCA2-RP3N
RCA2-GS3N
RCA2-GD3N
RCA2-SD3N
ERC2-RA6C
RCA-RA4C
RCA-RA4D
RCA-RA4R
RCA-RGS4C
RCA-RGD4C
RCS2-RA13R RCP3-RA2AC RCP3-RA2BC RCP3-RA2AR RCP3-RA2BR RCP2-RA2C RCP2-RA3C RCP2-RA4C RCP2-RA6C RCP2-RA10C RCP2-SRA4R RCP2-RGS4C RCP2-RGS6C RCP2-SRGS4R RCP2-RGD3C RCP2-RGD4C RCP2-RGD6C RCP2-SRGD4R
RCP3
Pulse Motor Type
series
131 133 135 137 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163
Standard Type
Coupling Type
RCP2
series
Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Single-Guide Type Coupling Type Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Double-Guide Type Coupling Type Pulse Motor Type
25mm Width 35mm Width 45mm Width 64mm Width 100mm Width 45mm Width 45mm Width 64mm Width 45mm Width 35mm Width 45mm Width 64mm Width 45mm Width
129
Rod type
Rod Type
Rod Type Standard Type Single-Guide Type Double-Guide Type 58mm 68mm 58mm 68mm 58mm 68mm Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width ERC2-RA6C ERC2-RA7C ERC2-RGS6C ERC2-RGS7C ERC2-RGD6C ERC2-RGD7C RCA2-RN3N RCA2-RN4N RCA2-RP3N RCA2-RP4N RCA2-GS3N RCA2-GS4N RCA2-GD3N RCA2-GD4N RCA2-SD3N RCA2-SD4N RCA-RA3C RCA-RA4C RCA-RA3D RCA-RA4D RCA-RA3R RCA-RA4R RCA-SRA4R RCA-RGS3C RCA-RGS4C RCA-RGS3D RCA-RGS4D RCA-SRGS4R RCA-RGD3C RCA-RGD4C RCA-RGD3D RCA-RGD4D RCA-RGD3R RCA-RGD4R RCA-SRGD4R RCS2-RA4C RCS2-RA5C RCS2-RA4D RCS2-SRA7BD RCS2-RA4R RCS2-RA5R RCS2-RA13R RCS2-RGS4C RCS2-RGS5C RCS2-RGS4D RCS2-SRGS7BD RCS2-RGD4C RCS2-RGD5C RCS2-RGD4D RCS2-SRGD7BD RCS2-RGD4R
ERC2
series
165 167 169 171 173 175 177 179 181 183 185 187 189 191 193 195 197 199 201 203 205 207 209 211 213 215 217 219 221 223 225 227 229 231 233 235 237 239 241 243 245 247 249 251 253 255 257 259 261 263 265
Standard
Controllers Integrated
RCA2
series
24V Servo Motor Type
28mm 34mm Tapped Hole Type 28mm 34mm Single-Guide Free Mount Type 28mm 34mm Double-Guide Free Mount Type 28mm 34mm Double-Guide Slide Unit Type 60mm 72mm Coupling Type Built-In Type Side-Mounted Motor Type
Nut-Mount Type
Standard
Controllers Integrated
Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
Standard Type
series
24V Servo Motor Type
RCA
Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Single-Guide Type Coupling Type Built-In Type Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Double-Guide Type Coupling Type Built-In Type Side-Mounted Motor Type Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Standard Type Coupling Type
32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 45mm Width 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 45mm Width 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 45mm Width
Splash Proof
Controllers
PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET
RCS2
series
200V Servo Motor Type
37mm 55mm Width Built-In Type 37mm Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type 75mm Width Side-Mounted Motor Type 37mm 55mm Width 130mm Width Single-Guide Type Coupling Type 37mm 55mm Width Built-In Type 37mm Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type 75mm Width Double-Guide Type Coupling Type 37mm 55mm Width Built-In Type 37mm Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type 75mm Width Side-Mounted Motor Type 37mm
Pulse Motor
Rod type
130
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Motor Unit Coupling Type 22mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2AC
Configuration:
RCP3
Series
RA2AC
Type
I
Encoder
20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 100: 100mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 4S : 4mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 2S : 2mm lead screw absolute encoder 1S : 1mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Technical References
P. A-5
Load Capacity (kg)
Splash Proof
INT O
Notes on Selection
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
25
(mm)
50 100
(mm)
RCP3-RA2AC-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2AC-I-20P-1S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
Lead Screw
2 1
0.5 1
0.25 0.5
0.05
25 100
(25mm increments)
Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2AC-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
0.25
0.125
4 2 1
180 100 50
200
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controller
3 Cable length
4 Options
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
25 50 75 100
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
4 Option List
Name Brake Reversed-home Option Code B NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life
Description
Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
A-25 A-33
131
RCP3-RA2AC
RCP3
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
(with brake)
117.5 (with brake) L A 7.5 28 117.5 Brake housing
M6x1.0
(without brake)
15 12
1.5
* The bottom of the brake housing protrudes from the actuator's mounting surface by 1mm. Please use caution when mounting. (200)
17h7 12 10
73.5
80.1
160.1
ME
SEHome
26 12.5
24.5
Cleanroom Type
Splash Proof
ST : Stroke ME : Mechanical end SE : Stroke end
10
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON
Z Details of Z
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
L 25 Stroke 168 No Brake Brake-equipped 212 94.5 A 25 B 0 C 4 D 0.27
Weight (kg)
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Program Control Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
RPCON-20P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP3-RA2AC
132
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Motor Unit Coupling Type 28mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2BC
Configuration:
RCP3
Series
RA2BC
Type
I
Encoder
20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 150: 150mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 6S : 6mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 4S : 4mm lead screw absolute encoder 2S : 2mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Mini Standard
Technical References
P. A-5
Load Capacity (kg)
0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.125 0.1 0 0 100
Splash Proof
Notes on Selection
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
25
(mm)
50
(mm)
75150
(mm)
RCP3-RA2BC-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2BC-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
Lead Screw
4 2
0.5 1
0.25 0.5
0.05
25 150
(25mm increments)
Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2BC-I-20P-6S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
0.25
0.125
6 4 2
180 180
300
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controller
3 Cable length
4 Options
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
4 Option List
Name Brake Reversed-home Option Code B NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-33
Item Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 6mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 5 million cycles Vertical: 10 million cycles
133
RCP3-RA2BC
RCP3
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
(with brake)
117.5 (with brake) L A 7.5 28 117.5
(without brake)
M6x1.0
15 12
1.5
Mini Standard
17h7 12 10
4-M3 depth 4
200.1
2 ME
7.5
200.1
28.5 14
24.5
SE Home
28
26.5
10
15
D-M3 depth 4 2-3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base) ST : Stroke ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
2.5
100.1
Cleanroom Type
Splash Proof
10
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON
Z Details of Z
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
L Stroke No Brake Brake-equipped A B C D Weight (kg) 25 168 212 94.5 25 0 4 0.3 50 193 237 119.5 50 0 4 0.34 75 218 262 144.5 75 0 4 0.38 100 243 287 169.5 100 50 6 0.41 125 268 312 194.5 125 62.5 6 0.44 150 293 337 219.5 150 75 6 0.47
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
RPCON-20P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP3-RA2BC
134
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Side-Mounted Motor 22mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2AR
Configuration:
RCP3
Series
RA2AR
Type
I
Encoder
20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 100: 100mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 4S : 4mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 2S : 2mm lead screw absolute encoder 1S : 1mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None See Options below P : 1m * Be sure to specify which S : 3m side the motor is to be M : 5m mounted (ML/MR). X : Custom Length
Mini Standard
Technical References
P. A-5
0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.125 0.1 0 0 50
Splash Proof
Notes on Selection
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
25
(mm)
50 100
(mm)
RCP3-RA2AR-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2AR-I-20P-1S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
Lead Screw
2 1
0.5 1
0.25 0.5
0.05
25 100
(25mm increments)
Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2AR-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
0.25
0.125
4 2 1
180 100 50
200
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controller
3 Cable length
4 Options
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
25 50 75 100
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
4 Option List
Name Brake Left-Mounted Motor (Standard) Right-Mounted Motor Reversed-home Option Code B ML MR NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life
Description
Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
135
RCP3-RA2AR
RCP3
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
(with brake)
117.5 (with brake) A L Brake housing 17
*2
A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the slider moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
7.5
M6x1.0
(without brake)
17h7 12 10
15 12
1.5
* The bottom of the brake housing protrudes from the actuator's mounting surface by 1m. Please use caution when mounting.
(200) A L
8 0.1
16 0.1
2-M3 depth 4
2 ME
ST
23.5 2 ME *2
7.5
26 12.5
1.5
22
(5.5) 27 58
24
SE Home
Splash Proof
3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base)
ST : Stroke ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end Z
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON
Details of Z
10
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
10 26.5 B C 15
Stroke L A B C D Weight (kg) 25 111.5 94.5 25 0 4 0.29 50 136.5 119.5 50 0 4 0.32 75 161.5 144.5 75 0 4 0.34 100 186.5 169.5 100 50 6 0.36
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
RPCON-20P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP3-RA2AR
136
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Side-Mounted Motor 28mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2BR
Configuration:
RCP3
Series
RA2BR
Type
I
Encoder
20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 150: 150mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 6S : 6mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 4S : 4mm lead screw absolute encoder 2S : 2mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None See Options below P : 1m * Be sure to specify which S : 3m side the motor is to be M : 5m mounted (ML/MR). X : Custom Length
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
Notes on Selection
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
25
(mm)
50
(mm)
75 150
(mm)
RCP3-RA2BR-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2BR-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
Lead Screw
4 2
0.5 1
0.25 0.5
0.05
25 150
(25mm increments)
Lead Screw
RCP3-RA2BR-I-20P-6S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
0.25
0.125
6 4 2
180 180
300
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controller
3 Cable length
4 Options
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
4 Option List
Name Brake Left-Mounted Motor (Standard) Right-Mounted Motor Reversed-home Option Code B ML MR NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-33 A-33 A-33
Item Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 6mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
137
RCP3-RA2BR
RCP3
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
*2
(with brake)
7.5 A
A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the slider moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
(without brake)
17h7 12
M6x1.0
15 12
1.5
10
Cable joint connector *1 ST 23.5 2 ME *2
(200) A L
4-M3 depth 4
200.1
2 ME
7.5
28.5 20 0.1 14
24
SE Home
10 0.1 28
2.5 27
(Secure at least 100) 2 ST : Stroke ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end D-M3 depth 4 2-3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base) Z
Splash Proof
Controllers
* Adding a brake will increase the actuator's weight by 0.1kg.
10
Details of Z
10 26.5 B
C 15
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L A B C D Weight (kg) 25 111.5 94.5 25 0 4 0.33 50 136.5 119.5 50 0 4 0.37 75 161.5 144.5 75 0 4 0.4 100 186.5 169.5 100 50 6 0.43 125 211.5 194.5 125 62.5 6 0.46 150 236.5 219.5 150 75 6 0.49
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller,even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type
PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0
DC24V
2A max.
Pulse Motor
P525
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
RPCON-20P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP3-RA2BR
138
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RA2C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 25mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RA2C
Type
I
Encoder
20P
Motor Lead 1 : 1mm Stroke 25: 25mm 100: 100mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor * The Simple 20 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None FL : Flange P : 1m FT : Foot bracket S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom Length R : Robot cable
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 3.5 3 5 10
15 20 Speed (mm/s)
25
30
35
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON
Notes on Selection
(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.05G. 0.05G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.
10
15 20 Speed (mm/s)
25
30
35
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
25 100
(25mm increments)
RCP2-RA2C-I-20P-1- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:
2.5
100
25 100
(25mm increments)
25
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FL FT See Page Standard Price
A-27 A-29
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 6mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 12mm 2.1 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
139
RCP2-RA2C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.
Rod diameter 12
(200)
Mini Standard
12 M81.25 10
42
20
25
20
2 ME*2 19 2 Home L 1 61
Splash Proof
4-M3 effective depth 5 10 P
14
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L P Weight (kg) 25 70 157.5 45 0.4 50 95 182.5 70 0.5 75 120 207.5 95 0.6 100 145 232.5 120 0.7
2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
RPCON-20P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RA2C
140
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RA3C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 35mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RA3C
Type
I
Encoder
28P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 200: 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 28P: Pulse motor * The Simple 28 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None FL : Flange P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable
30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 14 12
2.5mm lead
Horizontal
5mm lead
4 50 100 2 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
10 8 6 4 2 0 0
2.5mm lead
Vertical
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.
5mm lead
1 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50 200
(50mm increments)
RCP2-RA3C-I-28P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RA3C-I-28P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:
5 2.5
15 30
6 10
73.5 156.8
50 200
(50mm increments)
5 2.5
187 114
(Unit: mm/s)
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FL FT NM See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
141
RCP2-RA3C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.
*3.
Rod diameter 22
31.5 22
(240)
32
35
28 14
17.5
14.5
42.5
ME (2.3)
SE ST
Home 2
14 28 1.5 35 1.5
0.5
27
20
N50
Splash Proof
30 n-M4 depth 6
(19.6)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L N n Weight (kg) 50 112.5 203 1 6 0.8 100 162.5 253 2 8 0.95 150 212.5 303 3 10 1.1 200 262.5 353 4 12 1.25
2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name` External View Model PMEC-C-28SPI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-28SPI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-28SPI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-28SPI-N-0-0
RPCON-28SP
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-28SPI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RA3C
142
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RA4C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 45mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RA4C
Type
I
Encoder
42P
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 42P: Pulse motor * The Simple 42 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
60 50 40
Mini Standard
30 25 20 10 0 0 21 18 19
2.5mm lead
Vertical
Splash Proof
O
INT
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.
Technical References
P. A-5
15 12 9 6 4.5 3 0 0
5mm lead
2.5 2 0.5 100 200 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)
10mm lead
600
700
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50 200
(50mm increments)
250
(mm)
300
(mm)
10 5 2.5
25 40 40
4.5 12 19
10 5 2.5
350 175 87
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FL FT NM See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
143
RCP2-RA4C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.
Rod diameter 22
*3. *4.
31.5 22
(240)
10.5
4-M6 depth 12
32
M101.25
47
34 14
24.5
ME (2.3)
SE
Home 2 ST
17 2.5 34 45
section A 2.5
4.3
M4
Brake-Equipped
0.5
14
13
57
1.8
Dimensions for the square nuts for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)
(19.6)
46.5
Splash Proof
47
0.5
Controllers
58 Brake unit * Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 58mm and heavier by 0.4kg. 86.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L Weight (kg) 50 112.5 199 1.35 100 162.5 249 1.6 150 212.5 299 1.85 200 262.5 349 2.1
2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-42PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-42PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-42PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
RPCON-42P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-42PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RA4C
144
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RA6C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 64mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RA6C
Type
I
Encoder
56P
Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 56P: Pulse motor * The Simple 56 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
16mm lead
4mm lead
Vertical
P. A-5
Technical References
INT
20 16 12 8 4
17.5
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.
8mm lead
5 100 1.5 1.5 1 200 300 400 Speed (mm/s)
16mm lead
500 600 700
0 0
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50 300
(50mm increments)
16 8 4
40 50 55
5 17.5 26
16 8 4
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FL FT NM See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
145
RCP2-RA6C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.
*3. *4.
Rod diameter 30
42 30.5
43
M141.5 4-M8 depth 15
11
Mini Standard
64
50 19
32
75
ME 19 25 50 2 64 2 section A (4.8)
SE
Home 4 ST
Brake-Equipped
64 63.5
13
Splash Proof
2.6
10
(25.4)
Dimensions for the square nuts for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 138 250 3.1 100 188 300 3.6 150 238 350 4.1 200 288 400 4.6 250 338 450 5.1 300 388 500 5.6
2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-56PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-56PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-56PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0
RPCON-56P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-56PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RA6C
146
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RA10C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 100mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RA10C
Type
I
Encoder I: Incremental
86P
Motor 86P: Pulse motor 86 size Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
P2
Compatible Controllers
Option A1-A3 : Connector cable exit direction B : Brake FL : Flange FT : Foot bracket
P2: PCON-CF
Horizontal
100 80
10 0 1000
15
50
100
250
300
Technical References
P. A-5
100
Vertical
Splash Proof
O
INT
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) Minimum speed is set per each lead. (10mm-lead: 10mm/s, 5mm-lead: 5mm/s, 2.5-lead: 1mm/s) Please note that if the actuator is operated below the minimum speed, vibration may occur. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G for 10mm-lead, 0.02G for 5mm-lead, and 0.01 for 2.5-lead. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.
10
1 0
50
150
200
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50 300
(50mm increments)
10 5 2.5
80 150 300
80 100 150
10 5 2.5
Stroke
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
3 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FL FT See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 40mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
147
RCP2-RA10C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
32
13
70h10
37
100
26
80
(1)
Standard
40
*2.
20
*3.
Splash Proof
Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.
Controllers
(1)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 372 9 100 422 9.5 150 472 10 200 522 10.5 250 572 11 300 622 11.5
PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL
The service life of a rod-type ROBO Cylinder is 5,000km. However, since the RCP2-RA10C has a larger maximum thrust compared to other types, its service life will largely depend on the load capacity and pushing force used. Therefore, when selecting your product using the Speed vs. Load Capacity, or Pushing Force vs. Current Limit graphs, check the service life using the Load Capacity vs. Load Capacity, and Pushing Force vs. Load Capacity graphs.
10000
10000 5000
5 lead type
10000 5000
10 lead type
Note:
The rated value is the maximum value that can
5000
meet a service life of 5,000km. The maximum value is the value at which it is still operable. Please note that operation with values exceeding the rated value will result in a decrease in the service life, as shown in the graphs.
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10 0 25 50 75 100
10 0 20 40 60 80
Pulse Motor
Compatible Controllers
The controller for the RCP2-RA10C type is the following dedicated controller.
External View
Model PCON-CF-86PI-NP-2-0
Note:
Please note that the encoder cable is a dedicated cable for the CF model, which is different from the PCON-C/CG/CY/PL/PO/SE controllers. The simple absolute unit cannot be used.
RCP2-RA10C
148
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-SRA4R
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Short-Length Rod Type 45mm Width Pulse Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCP2
Series
SRA4R
Type
I
Encoder
35P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20: 20mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 35P: Pulse motor * The Simple 35 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
P1: PCON RPCON 200: 200mm PSEL (10mm pitch increments) P3: PMEC * 50mm increments PSEP over 100 mm
Horizontal
30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0
50
100
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
O
INT
Technical References
P. A-5
(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.
Notes on Selection
20 18 16 15 14 12 10 9 8 6 4 2 0 0
250
300
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N) (Note 2) 25 35 9 15 90 170
Stroke
(mm)
RCP2-SRA4R-I-35P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-SRA4R-I-35P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:
5 2.5
20 200
(10mm increments)
5 2.5
(Note 3)
(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs. (Note 3) 50mm increments over 100mm.
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)
Pulse Motor
* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) Reversed-home Option Code B FL FLR FT FT2/FT4 NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-27 A-28 A-29 A-31 A-33 Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
149
RCP2-SRA4R
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
32 22 20
M101.25
(210)
50
width across ats (*3) 4-M6 depth 12 E-M4 depth 10 (same on the opposite side)
Mini
4-M6 depth 12
95
Standard
45 34 14 34 34
22.5
14 34 45
ME 3
SE
Home
ME (*2) 3 40.5
17
C B
D50 A L
15 22
st E-M4 depth 10
17
M101.25
* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
24 C
(19.6)
34
Splash Proof
D50
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. (*3) The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 124.5 84 62 30 0 4 0.83 30 134.5 94 72 40 0 4 0.89 40 144.5 104 82 50 0 4 0.96
(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 164.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.08 70 174.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.14 80 184.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.21 90 194.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.27 100 204.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.33 150 254.5 214 192 60 2 8 1.64
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-35PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-35PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-35PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0
RPCON-35P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-35PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-SRA4R
150
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RGS4C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RGS4C
Type
I
Encoder
42P
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 42P: Pulse motor * The Simple 42 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable
60 50 40
30 25 20 10 0 0 21 18
2.5mm lead
Vertical
P. A-5
Technical References
INT
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
0.5 500
600
700
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50 200
(50mm increments)
250
(mm)
300
(mm)
10 5 2.5
25 40 40
3.5 11 18
10 5 2.5
350 175 87
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide Guide rod diameter 10mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
151
RCP2-RGS4C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit. (240)
*3.
ME (2.3)
SE
Home
ME *2 2 st 41 st+69 2 (The amount of shaft movement from the ME on the home-side to the home position)
15 8
34
6.5
90
10
Actuator height: 47
30
80
45
50
30
20
57.5
5
6-M5 depth 12 (for mounting work piece)
2.5
4.5
20 30
Cleanroom Type
Brake-Equipped
47 46.5
Splash Proof
4.3 7.3
Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)
1.8
0.5
58 Brake unit
86.5
* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 58mm and heavier by 0.4kg.
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 112.5 199 1.8 100 162.5 249 2.1 150 212.5 299 2.4 200 262.5 349 2.7
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-42PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-42PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-42PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
RPCON-42P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-42PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RGS4C
152
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RGS6C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 64mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RGS6C
Type
I
Encoder
56P
Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 56P: Pulse motor * The Simple 56 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable
Mini Standard
60 55 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 28 24
Horizontal
16mm lead
100
200
500
600
700
4mm lead
Vertical
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
Splash Proof
O
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
8mm lead
0.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
16mm lead
600
700
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm
50 300
(50mm increments)
16 8 4
40 50 55
4 16 24
16 8 4
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide Guide rod diameter 12mm Ball bush type 30mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
153
RCP2-RGS6C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated
When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit. (240)
*3.
ME (4.8)
SE Home
ME *2 4 st 54 st+72 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home) 14. 5 (Shaft overhang at SE)
st Actuator width: 64
68
8.5
0.5
63
0.5
25
19
67.5
st+14.5
16
36
15
12
110
Standard
Actuator height: 64
40
55
40
25
75
95
0.5
30 40
6.5
Cleanroom Type
Brake-Equipped
64 63.5
Splash Proof
2.6
6.5 10.5
Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)
0.5
112
* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 72.5mm and heavier by 0.9kg.
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L Weight (kg) 50 138 250 3.6 100 188 300 4.4 150 238 350 5.0 200 288 400 5.5
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-56PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-56PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-56PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0
RPCON-56P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-56PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RGS6C
154
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Short Rod Type with Single Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCP2-SRGS4R
Configuration:
RCP2
Series
SRGS4R
Type
I
Encoder
35P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20: 20mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 35P: Pulse motor * The Simple 35 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
P1: PCON RPCON 200: 200mm PSEL (10mm pitch increments) P3: PMEC * Set in 50mm increments PSEP over 100mm
Horizontal
250
300
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
O
INT
Technical References
P. A-5
Notes on Selection
(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Splash Proof
5mm lead
3 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 1 250 300
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N) (Note 2) 24 35 8 15 90 170
Stroke
(mm)
RCP2-SRGS4R-I-35P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-SRGS4R-I-35P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:
5 2.5
20 200
(10mm increments)
5 2.5
(Note 3)
(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs. (Note 3) 50mm increments over 100mm.
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)
Pulse Motor
* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Option Code B Brake FLR Flange bracket (back) FT Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) FT2/FT4 Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) GS2 GS4 Guide mounting direction NM Reversed-home Name See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-28 A-29 A-31 A-156 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
155
* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more. * Please be sure that the mounting direction of the guide is specified in the product name. * The guide and the foot bracket cannot be mounted in the same direction.
RCP2-SRGS4R
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
15
80 45
20
90.5
5.5
34
10
(210)
45.5
45
2.5
E-M4 depth 10 (same on the opposite side) 6-M5 depth 12
95
50.5
Standard
34 34
44
20 30
(View A)
22.5
7.5
0.5
30
30
20
14.5 34.5 8
17
C L
D50 A
15
22
* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brakeequipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME: Mechanical end
34
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.2 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.27 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.34
(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.48 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.54 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.61 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.68 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.75 150 256.5 214 192 60 2 8 2.09 200 306.5 264 242 60 3 10 2.43
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-35PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-35PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-35PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0
RPCON-35P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-35PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-SRGS4R
156
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RGD3C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 35mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RGD3C
Type
I
Encoder
28P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 200: 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 28P: Pulse motor * The Simple 28 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None FT : Foot bracket P : 1m NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable
30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 14
2.5mm lead
Horizontal
5mm lead
4 50 100 2 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350
P. A-5
Technical References
(1)
Vertical
Splash Proof
O
INT
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specication table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
(2) (3)
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON
Notes on Selection
5mm lead
0.5 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
RCP2-RGD3C-I-28P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGD3C-I-28P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:
5 2.5
15 30
5 9
73.5 156.8
50 200
(50mm increments)
5 2.5
(Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m) * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specications
Option Code FT NM See Page Standard Price
A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide Guide rod diameter 10mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
157
RCP2-RGD3C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
Actuator height: 35
35 Actuator width: 35 35
2 (The amount of shaft movement from the ME on the home-side to the home position)
23
23 83 97 105
23
22 27 30 35
33
8 L
43
20
13
53
st+5
12.5
Standard
6.5
27
11
(240)
35
12
6.5
35
38
11
20
N50 P
30
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L N n Weight (kg) 50 112.5 203 1 6 1.1 100 162.5 253 2 8 1.3 150 212.5 303 3 10 1.4 200 262.5 353 4 12 1.6
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-28SPI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Program Control Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-28SPI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-28SPI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-28SPI-N-0-0
RPCON-28SP
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-28SPI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RGD3C
158
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RGD4C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RGD4C
Type
I
Encoder
42P
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 42P: Pulse motor * The Simple 42 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable
60 50 40
30 25 20 10 0 0 21 18
2.5mm lead
Vertical
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
Splash Proof
O
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specication table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
(2) (3)
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON
Notes on Selection
0 0
0.5 500
600
700
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
250
(mm)
300
(mm)
10 5 2.5
25 40 40
3.5 11 18
10 50 300 5 2.5
350 175 87
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m) * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide Guide rod diameter 10mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
159
RCP2-RGD4C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
20
13
63
st+14
Controllers Integrated
6.5 (240)
7.5 15.5
34 10
*1. *2
The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit.
45
15
*3.
45
50
15.5
7.5
2 (The amount of shaft movement from the ME on the home-side to the home position)
Mini Standard
Actuator height: 47
0.5
45.5
Actuator width: 45
SE
Home
20 30
44 34
57.5
2.5
30
30
Brake-Equipped
47 46.5
Cleanroom Type
Splash Proof
4.3 7.3
Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)
1.8
0.5
58 Brake unit
86.5
* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 58mm and heavier by 0.4kg.
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 112.5 199 2.2 100 162.5 249 2.5 150 212.5 299 2.8 200 262.5 349 3.1
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-42PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-42PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-42PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
RPCON-42P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-42PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RGD4C
160
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-RGD6C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 64mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
RCP2
Series
RGD6C
Type
I
Encoder
56P
Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4 mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 56P: Pulse motor * The Simple 56 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable
* Pictured: RGD4C
35
16mm lead
100
200
500
600
700
4mm lead
Vertical
Technical References
(1)
P. A-5
Splash Proof
O
INT
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specication table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
(2) (3)
8mm lead
0.5 300 400 Speed (mm/s)
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON
Notes on Selection
16mm lead
500 600 700
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50 300
16 8 4
40 50 55
4 16 24
16 8 4
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m) * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide Guide rod diameter 12mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
161
RCP2-RGD6C
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
13.5
25
19
67.5
st+14.5
16
36
12
*2
55
When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.
55
15
*1.
The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables.
10
(240)
68
Standard
Cable joint connector *1
13.5
*3.
Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit.
10
14.5 (Shaft overhang at SE) st (4.8) ME SE Home 4 ME 54 st+72 st 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)
0.5
64
63
53
30
40
75
0.5
T-slot effective range *3 40 40 130 147 157 40 44 10 L 112 Secure at least 100
Brake-Equipped
64 63.5
M6
0.5
112
Splash Proof
10.5
2.6
6.5
Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)
Controllers
* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 72.5mm and heavier by 0.9kg.
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 138 250 4.4 100 188 300 5.0 150 238 350 5.5 200 288 400 6.1 250 338 450 6.7 300 388 500 7.3
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-56PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-56PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-56PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0
RPCON-56P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-56PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-RGD6C
162
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Short-Length Rod Type with Double Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCP2-SRGD4R
Configuration:
RCP2 SRGD4R
Series Type
I
Encoder
35P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20: 20mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 35P: Pulse motor * The Simple 35 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
P1: PCON RPCON 200: 200mm PSEL (10mm pitch increments) P3: PMEC * Set in 50mm increments PSEP over 100mm
Horizontal
250
300
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
O
INT
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
5mm lead
3 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 1 250 300
Notes on Selection
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
20 200
(10mm increments)
RCP2-SRGD4R-I-35P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-SRGD4R-I-35P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:
5 2.5
24 35
8 15
90 170
20200
(10mm increments)
5 2.5
250 125
(Unit: mm/s)
(Note 3)
(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs. (Note 3) 50mm increments over 100mm.
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)
Pulse Motor
* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
* The brake can be used for strokes of 70mm or more. * The foot bracket cannot be mounted on the side.
Linear Servo Motor
163
RCP2-SRGD4R
RCP2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
7.5 15.5
45
5.5
34
10
Mini
45 Secure at least 100
(210)
45.5
45
45.5
50.5
15.5 7.5
Mini Standard
95
20 30
44 34
34
22.5
7.5
34
0.5
30
30
20 14.5 34.5 8
17
C L
D50 A
15
22
34
E-M4 depth 10
* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
34
Splash Proof
24
D50
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.47 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.55 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.62 50 156.5 114 92 60 0 4 1.7
(+0.2kg with brake) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.77 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.84 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.92 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.99 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 2.07
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-35PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477
PSEP-CW-35PI-NP-2-0
PCON-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points
Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525
PCON-PL-35PI-NP-2-0
PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0
RPCON-35P
768 points
P503
PSEL-C-1-35PI-NP-2-0
1500 points
P557
* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).
RCP2-SRGD4R
164
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
ERC2-RA6C
Configuration:
ERC2
Series
RA6C
Type
I
Encoder I: Incremental
PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type
Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable
Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
60 50 40 20 10 0 0 100 200
30 25 12mm lead
35 30
Vertical
P. A-5
Technical References
INT
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.
6mm lead
2.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)
12mm lead
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50 250
(50mm increments)
300
(mm)
12 6 3
25 40 40
4.5 12 18
12 6 3
Stroke
I/O Type
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm special SUS type 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
165
ERC2-RA6C
ERC2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Home
2 ME*2
(300) Cable joint connector *1 *1 Connect the power and I/O cables. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2 When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end Teaching port
44 54 75.6
40h7
37.5
Rod diameter 22
th ts id a (w ss 13 cro a
20
44 54 58
7 2 18 31.7 49.7
PIO Type
20
27
Splash Proof
Controllers
43.5 118.5 Brake unit
PMEC /AMEC
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L A B C Weight (kg) 50 293.5 175 393.2 91 1.6 100 343.5 225 493.2 141 1.7 150 393.5 275 593.2 191 1.8 200 443.5 325 693.2 241 2.0 250 493.5 375 793.2 291 2.1 300 543.5 425 893.2 341 2.2
PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL
Name
External View
Model
Description
See Page
ERC2-RA6C-I-PM---NP--
16
XSEL
ERC2RA6C-I-PM---PN--
16
DC24V
2A max.
P515
Pulse Motor
SIO Type
ERC2-RA6C-I-PM---SE--
64
ERC2-RA6C
166
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
ERC2-RA7C
Configuration:
ERC2
Series
RA7C
Type
I
Encoder I: Incremental
PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type
Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable
Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
8mm lead
Horizontal
16mm lead
3.5 2 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)
200
600
700
35 30
Load Capacity (kg)
Technical References
O
INT
P. A-5
25
4mm lead
Vertical
Splash Proof
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.
20 17.5 15 10 5 0 0 100
P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50300
(50mm increments)
16 8 4
40 50 55
5 17.5 25
16 8 4
Stroke
I/O Type
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm special SUS type 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
167
ERC2-RA7C
ERC2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Home
4 ME*2
(300) Cable joint connector*1 *1 Connect the power and I/O cables. See page A-39 for details on cables *2 When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore,please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end Teaching port
50 64 89.6
45h7
51.5
Rod diameter 30
) th ts id a (w ss 17 cro a
50 64 68
20
9 21
2 40 61
8.5
PIO Type
20
32
Splash Proof
Controllers
49 118.5 Brake unit
PMEC /AMEC
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L A B C Weight (kg) 50 312.5 194 423.5 106 2.7 100 362.5 244 523.5 156 2.9 150 412.5 294 623.5 206 3.0 200 462.5 344 723.5 256 3.2 250 512.5 394 823.5 306 3.3 300 562.5 444 923.5 356 3.5
Name
External View
Model
Description
Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price
See Page
ASEL SSEL
ERC2-RA7C-I-PM---NP--
16
XSEL
ERC2-RA7C-I-PM---PN--
16
DC24V
2A max.
P515
Pulse Motor
SIO Type
ERC2-RA7C-I-PM---SE--
64
ERC2-RA7C
168
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
Controller-Integrated Rod Type with Single Guide 58mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
ERC2-RGS6C
Configuration:
ERC2
Series
RGS6C
Type
I
Encoder I: Incremental
PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type
Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable
60 50 40
Technical References
INT
Vertical
P. A-5
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.
6mm lead
4 200 2.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)
12mm lead
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50250
(50mm increments)
300
(mm)
12 6 3
Options
25 40 40
4.5 12 18
12 6 3
Stroke
I/O Type
Cable length
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
169
ERC2-RGS6C
ERC2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
54
Standard
20
23.7
55
ST+3.3
12.5
37
13
34
22.5
106.5
40
91
57
10
24
54
Splash Proof
54 58
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.2 1.8 100 0.2 1.9 150 0.3 2.1
Name
External View
Model
Description
See Page
ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM---NP--
16
XSEL
ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM---PN--
16
DC24V
2A max.
P515
Pulse Motor
SIO Type
ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM---SE--
64
ERC2-RGS6C
170
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
ERC2-RGS7C
Configuration:
ERC2
Series
RGS7C
Type
I
Encoder I: Incremental
PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type
Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable
200
600
700
35 30
Load Capacity (kg)
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
25
4mm lead
Vertical
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.
20 17.5 15 10 5 0 0 100
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead (mm)
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N) (Note 2)
Stroke
(mm)
50300
(50mm increments)
16 8 4
Options
40 50 55
5 17.5 25
16 8 4
Stroke
I/O Type
Cable length
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
171
ERC2-RGS7C
ERC2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated
64
Mini Standard
62 34 25 6-M6
12.5
12.5
22.5
10
36
37.5
12.5
117
50
101.5
62.5
64
12
Splash Proof
29
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.3 3.0 100 0.3 3.2 150 0.4 3.4
Name
External View
Model
Description
See Page
ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM---NP--
16
XSEL
ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM---PN--
16
DC24V
2A max.
P515
Pulse Motor
SIO Type
ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM---SE--
64
ERC2-RGS7C
172
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
Controller-Integrated Rod Type with Double Guide 58mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type
ERC2-RGD6C
Configuration:
ERC2
Series
RGD6C
Type
I
Encoder I: Incremental
PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type
Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable
60 50 40
35
Technical References
INT
Vertical
P. A-5
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.
6mm lead
4 200 2.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)
12mm lead
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2) 25 40 40 4.5 12 18 78
Stroke
(mm)
50250
(50mm increments)
300
(mm)
12 6 3
Options
12 50300
(50mm increments)
157 304
6 3
Stroke
I/O Type
Cable length
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
173
ERC2-RGD6C
ERC2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
53 52 42 30 20 4-M5
8-M5
145
114
159
134
114
54
54
34
10
20
23.7
55
13
ST+3.3
Cleanroom Type
54
Splash Proof
2 Home ST M.E. 51.7 ST+58.3
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.4 2.0 100 0.4 2.1 150 0.5 2.3
Name
External View
Model
Description
Input Voltage
See Page
ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM---NP--
16
XSEL
ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM---PN--
16
DC24V
2A max.
P515
Pulse Motor
SIO Type
ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM---SE--
64
ERC2-RGD6C
174
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
ERC2-RGD7C
Configuration:
ERC2
Series
RGD7C
Type
I
Encoder I: Incremental
PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type
Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable
8mm lead
Horizontal
16mm lead
3.5 2 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)
200
600
700
35
Technical References
INT
30
P. A-5
25
4mm lead
Vertical
Splash Proof
O
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.
20 17.5 15 10 5 0 0 100
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2) 40 50 55 5 17.5 25 220 441 873
Stroke
(mm)
50300
(50mm increments)
16 8 4
Options
16 50300
(50mm increments)
8 4
Stroke
I/O Type
Cable length
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) W01 (1m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W06 (6m) R01 (1m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R06 (6m) RW01 (1m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m)
X10 (10m) W03 (3m) W05 (5m) W10 (10m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) RW03 (3m) RW05 (5m) RW10 (10m)
The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
175
ERC2-RGD7C
ERC2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
63 62 52 34 25
Standard
4-M6
8-M6
158
125
170
145
125
65
64
Standard
12.5
36
12
22
30
10
57.5
ST+3.5
64
4 Home ST ME 62 ST+61
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.5 3.2 100 0.6 3.5 150 0.7 3.7
Name
External View
Model
Description
Input Voltage
Standard Price
See Page
ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM---NP--
16
XSEL
ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM---PN--
16
DC24V
2A max.
P515
Pulse Motor
SIO Type
ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM---SE--
64
ERC2-RGD7C
176
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Nut-Mounting Type 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw
RCA2-RN3N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
RN3N
Type
I
Encoder
10
Motor Lead
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an antirotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL
Notes on Selection
30
(mm)
RCA2-RN3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RN3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend
10
Lead Screw
2 1
0.5 1
0.25 0.5
50.3 100.5
0.05
30
(Fixed)
Lead Screw
RCA2-RN3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
0.25
0.125
25.1
4 2 1
200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL
2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
30
SSEL XSEL
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead Screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
177
RCA2-RN3N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
28.5
22.6
10.5
28
M5
Standard
22
9 -0.1
28
Home 2 30
2-M4 depth 4
Splash Proof
Nut A M50.8 Nut B
M201.0
(9.2)
3.2
.8 30
29
PSEP /ASEP
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.25
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-10I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0
RACON-101
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-RN3N
178
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Nut-Mounting Type 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw
RCA2-RN4N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
RN4N
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo 6 : 6mm ball screw 4 : 4mm ball screw * The Simple Motor 2 : 2mm ball screw absolute encoder 6S : 6mm lead screw is also considered 4S : 4mm lead screw type "I". 2S : 2mm lead screw * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an anti-rotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
30
(mm)
20
Ball Screw
4 2 6
0.02
30
(Fixed)
Ball Screw
RCA2-RN4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3
6 4 2 6 4 2
20
Lead Screw
4 2
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw
2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Lead Screw
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/Lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
179
RCA2-RN4N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Nut B
Nut A
M241.0
12 (width across
ats) *3
10.5
thread range)
34
M6
Standard
26
9 -0.1
Home 34 30 2
26
2-M4 depth 8
Splash Proof
Nut A M61.0 Nut B M241.0
3.6
10 7 32
(11.5)
PSEP /ASEP
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.5
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0
RACON-201
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-RN4N
180
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Tapped-Hole Mounting Type 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw
RCA2-RP3N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
RP3N
Type
I
Encoder
10
Motor Lead
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL
(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an anti-rotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
30
(mm)
RCA2-RP3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RP3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend
10
Lead Screw
2 1
Lead Screw
RCA2-RP3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
4 2 1
200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL
2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
30
SSEL XSEL
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead Screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
181
RCA2-RP3N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
(300) Nut A
28.5 12 1 22.6
23 h8 -0.033
10.5
M5
Positioning seal
Standard
21
28
22
21 28
Home 2 30
9-0.1
ME*2 1.5
22
2-M4 depth 4
Splash Proof
Nut A M50.8
3.2
(9.2)
PSEP /ASEP
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.2
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-10I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0
RACON-101
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-RP3N
182
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Tapped-Hole Mounting Type 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw
RCA2-RP4N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
RP4N
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 6 : 6mm ball screw 4 : 4mm ball screw 2 : 2mm ball screw 6S : 6mm lead screw 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an antirotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Splash Proof
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
30
(mm)
20
Ball Screw
4 2 6
0.02
30
(Fixed)
Ball Screw
RCA2-RP4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3
6 4 2 6 4 2
20
Lead Screw
4 2
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw
2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Lead Screw
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/Lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
183
RCA2-RP4N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
(300)
25 h8 -0.033
10.5
Mini Standard
26 34
M6
Home 26 34 30 2
9 -0.1
26
Splash Proof
Nut A M61.0
Controllers
(11.5)
3.6
10 Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2) * Rotates 180degrees with respect to the standard model.
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.42
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0
RACON-201
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-RP4N
184
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Mounting Type with Single Guide 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw
RCA2-GS3N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
GS3N
Type
I
Encoder
10
Motor Lead
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-81). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL
Notes on Selection
30
(mm)
RCA2-GS3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GS3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend
10
Lead Screw
2 1
0.5 1
0.25 0.5
50.3 100.5
0.05
30
(Fixed)
Lead Screw
RCA2-GS3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
0.25
0.125
25.1
4 2 1
200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL
2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
30
SSEL XSEL
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
185
RCA2-GS3N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
17
5.5
3 0 4
+0.03
+0.05
depth 3
28.5 2-3 0
+0.03
16 15 30 30
10.5
22.6
3 0
depth 3
4-M4 through
16
3 +0.05 depth 3 0
5.5
34
Standard
40
42
28
31
ME *2 8
+0.05
22
3-M4 depth 4
17
3 0
+0.05
depth 3
Splash Proof
4-M4 depth 6 30
+0.03 3 0 depth
5.5
25 10
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.32
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC10I1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0
RACON-101
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-GS3N
186
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Free Mounting Type with Single Guide 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw
RCA2-GS4N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
GS4N
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 6 : 6mm ball screw 4 : 4mm ball screw 2 : 2mm ball screw 6S : 6mm lead screw 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-81). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
30
(mm)
20
Ball Screw
4 2 6
3 6 0.25 0.5 1
0.02
30
(Fixed)
Ball Screw
RCA2-GS4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3
0.5
33.8
6 4 2 6 4 2
20
Lead Screw
4 2
0.05
30
(Fixed)
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw
2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Lead Screw
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
187
RCA2-GS4N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
depth 3
25 4-M4 depth 5
(300)
20
3 +0.05depth 3 0 30 2-3 0
28.5
+0.03
3 0
+0.03
depth 3
30
10.5
20
22.6
4-M4 through
15
20
depth 3
49
51
37
43
34
Standard
3 0
+0.05
30 34
Home 2 30
ME*2 10
80
26
3-M4 depth 8
20
3 0
+0.05
depth 3
Splash Proof
25 10 30
+0.03 3 0
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.55
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0
RACON-201
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-GS4N
188
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Mounting Type with Double Guide 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw
RCA2-GD3N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
GD3N
Type
I
Encoder
10
Motor Lead
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
Notes on Selection
(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL
30
(mm)
RCA2-GD3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GD3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend
10
Lead Screw
2 1
Lead Screw
RCA2-GD3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
4 2 1
200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL
2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
30
SSEL XSEL
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
189
RCA2-GD3N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
10 25
30
3 0
+0.03
depth 3 (300)
Controllers Integrated
Cable joint connector *1
4-M4 depth 6
17
5.5
3 0 4 16
+0.05
depth 3 30 30
28.5 2-3 0
+0.03
15
22.6
+0.03 3 0 depth
4-M4 through
40
17
Standard
54
20
+0.05 3 0 depth
56
44
44
ME *2 8
24 28
+0.05
73.5
+0.05
4-M4 depth 4
20
3 0
depth 3
17
Splash Proof
5.5
4-M4 depth 6
+0.03
depth 3
*1 *2
A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.41
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-10I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0
RACON-101
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-GD3N
190
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Free Mounting Type with Double Guide 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw
RCA2-GD4N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
GD4N
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor 6: 4: 2: 6S : 4S : 2S : Lead 6mm ball screw 4mm ball screw 2mm ball screw 6mm lead screw 4mm lead screw 2mm lead screw
30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT O
Notes on Selection
(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
30
(mm)
20
Ball Screw
4 2 6
3 6 0.25 0.5 1
0.02
30
Ball Screw
RCA2-GD4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3
0.5
33.8
6 4 2 6 4 2
20
Lead Screw
4 2
0.05
30
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead screw
2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Lead Screw
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
191
RCA2-GD4N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
10 25
30
20
20
3 0
+0.03
3 0 Home ME*2
+0.05
depth 3
28.5
depth 3 2
22.6
Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
4-M4 through
30
19
48
28
66
68
3 0 depth 3 2-3 +0.05 depth 3 0 (same for opposite side) 98 8-M4 depth 8 (same for opposite side) Secure at least 100
+0.05
+0.05
54
56
10.5
15
30
30 34 30
10
80
4-M4 depth 8
26
3 0 depth 3
20
Splash Proof
4-M4 depth 8
+0.03
Controllers
depth 3
*1 *2
A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.64
1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0
RACON-201
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-GD4N
192
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Mounting Slide Unit Type with Double Guide 60mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw
RCA2-SD3N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
SD3N
Type
I
Encoder
10
Motor Lead 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw 1S : 1mm lead screw Stroke 25 : 25mm 50 : 50mm
Compatible Controllers
Option LA : Power-saving
I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the vertical load capacity are based on a setup in which the actuator is secured and the side bracket is moved. Please note that moving the actuator against the secured side bracket is not possible. (4) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL
25/50
(mm)
(*1)
RCA2-SD3N-I-10-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA2-SD3N-I-10-1S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
10
Lead screw
2 1
0.5 1
0.25
(*1)
50.3 100.5
0.05
25 50
Lead Screw
RCA2-SD3N-I-10-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
0.25
0.125
25.1
4 2 1
200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)
0.5
(*1)
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL
3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
25 50
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
Pulse Motor
4 Option List
Name Power-saving Option Code LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead Screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
193
RCA2-SD3N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
2-3 0
+0.03
depth 3 (same with the opposite side) 2-M4 depth 6 (same for opposite side) 22-M4 depth 8
Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
8
44
38
2-3 +0.05 depth 3 (same for opposite side) 0 L2 4
22-4H7 depth 5
L1
52
+0.05
Standard
depth 3
5.5
28
44
4-M4 depth 6
25 depth 3
Cleanroom Type
*1 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2 When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Splash Proof
22-3.3
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(the cable length is approx. 300mm) Secure at least 100
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC10I1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0
RACON-101
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-SD3N
194
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Slide Unit Type with Double Guide 72mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw
RCA2-SD4N
Configuration:
RCA2
Series
SD4N
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor 6: 4: 2: 6S : 4S : 2S : Lead 6mm ball screw 4mm ball screw 2mm ball screw 6mm lead screw 4mm lead screw 2mm lead screw Stroke 25 : 25mm 50 : 50mm 75 : 75mm
Compatible Controllers
Option LA : Power-saving
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the vertical load capacity are based on a setup in which the actuator is secured and the side bracket is moved. Please note that moving the actuator against the secured side bracket is not possible. (4) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
25
(mm)
50 75
(mm)
20
Ball Screw
4 2 6
Ball Screw
RCA2-SD4N-I-20-6- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
6 4 2 6 4 2
20
Lead Screw
4 2
0.5 1
0.25
(*1)
29.8 59.7
0.05
25 50 75
0.5
(*1)
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 25 50 75 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Lead Screw
0.25
0.125
19.9
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Power-saving Option Code LA See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/Lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/Lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles
195
RCA2-SD4N
RCA2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
30 30
22-M5 depth 10
54
45
62
Controllers Integrated
depth 3 (same for opposite side) 22-4H7 depth 5
+0.05 2-3 0
L2 L1 80
Stroke 72 Home ME *2 10 2 8
+0.05 3 0 depth
10
20 29 35
52 4-M4 depth 8 10
25 30
3 0
+0.03
depth 3
34
*1 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2 When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Splash Proof
22-4.2
68
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L1 L2 Weight (kg) 25 141 131 0.73 50 166 156 0.75 75 191 181 0.77
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I1NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEPCW20I1NP20
ACONC20I1NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I1NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20I1NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Powersaving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.
ACONPL20I1NP20
P535
Pulse Motor
ACONSE20I1N00
RACON201
768 points
P503
ASELC120I1NP20
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA2-SD4N
196
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RA3C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled
RCA
Series
RA3C
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and powersaving models (0.2G for 2.5mmlead), and 1G acceleration for the highacceleration models (2.5mmlead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.)
P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
10 50200
(50mm increments)
5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
4 Option List
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m) See Page Standard Price
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Highacceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Powersaving (*3) Knuckle joint Reversedhome Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back)
A25 A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A32 A34 A33 A38 A38
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)
197
(*1) The highacceleration/deceleration option is not available for 2.5mmlead model. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversedhome models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the powersaving option cannot be used simultaneously.
RCA-RA3C
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
16 (rod OD)
42
32
35
8.6
Nut B
[Brake-Equipped]
st 3 ME 3 SE Home ME*2 49
L
Nut A
124.5
16 (rod OD)
(42)
Nut C 14 (width across ats) 8 10 32 (width across ats) Nut B 40 (width across ats) 14
(35)
32
Splash Proof
Dimensions of Nut A
M26x1.5
Dimensions of Nut B
M35x1.5
Dimensions of Nut C
(15.01)
4 8.6
Controllers
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
M81.25
32
46
13
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI 1 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI 1 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEPCW20SI 1 NP20
ACONC20SI 1 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI 1 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI 1 NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACONPL20SI 1 NP20
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACONSE20SI 1 N00
RACON20S1
768 points
P503
ASELC120SI 1 NP20
1500 points
P567
* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the powersaving option is specified.
RCA-RA3C
198
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RA4C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled
RCA
Series
RA4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 :12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
(*1) Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and powersaving models (0.2G for 3mmlead), and 1G acceleration for the highacceleration models (3mmlead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.
Notes on Selection
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCARA4C 1 2012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 206 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 203 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 3012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 306 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 303 2 3 4 5
Legend
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50300
(50mm increments)
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
199
* See page A39 for cables for maintenance. Option Code See Page Standard Price B Brake A25 FT Foot bracket A29 Actuator Specifications FL Flange bracket (front) A27 FLR Flange bracket (back) Item Description A28 Drive System HA Highacceleration/deceleration (*1) Ball screw 10mm C10 grade A32 Positioning Repeatability HS 0.02mm Home sensor (*2) A32 Lost Motion LA 0.1mm or less Powersaving (*3) A32 Base NJ Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Knuckle joint A34 Rod Diameter NM 20mm Reversedhome A33 Nonrotating accuracy of rod TRF 1.0 deg Trunnion bracket (front) A38 Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity TRR 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing) Trunnion bracket (back) A38 (*1) The highacceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversedhome models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the powersaving option cannot be used simultaneously. Name
5 Option List
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
RCA-RA4C
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
20 (rod OD)
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
37
.8
10
Nut B
52
Nut C
.8
50
Standard
[Brake-Equipped]
st 3 ME SE Home ME *2 3 56 Nut A 36 (width across ats)
L 19 47 m
20 (rod OD)
(50)
37
Cleanroom Type
Nut A M301.5
Nut B
0.2
M401.5
2.8 5
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
8 38 10 50
Controllers
250 479.5 492.5 494.5 507.5 337 300 529.5 542.5 544.5 557.5 387
Nut C M10x1.25
17
RCARA4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 279.5 329.5 20W Absol. 292.5 342.5 L Increm. 294.5 344.5 30W Absol. 307.5 357.5 187 137 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.1 1.2
150 200 379.5 429.5 392.5 442.5 394.5 444.5 407.5 457.5 287 237 67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 1.4 1.5
RCARA4C (with brake ) Stroke 50 Increm. 322.5 20W Absol. 335.5 L Increm. 337.5 30W Absol. 350.5 137 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.3
(19.6)
150 200 422.5 472.5 435.5 485.5 437.5 487.5 450.5 500.5 287 237 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 1.6 1.7
1.7
1.8
1.4
1.9
2.0
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I 2 NP21 AMECC30I 2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I 2 NP20 ASEPC30I 2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I 2 NP20 ASEPCW30I 2 NP20 ACONC20I 2 NP20 ACONC30I 2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I 2 NP20 ACONCG30I 2 NP20 ACONPL20I 2 NP20 ACONPL30I 2 NP20 ACONPO20I 2 NP20 ACONPO30I 2 NP20 ACONSE20I 2 N00 ACONSE30I 2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC120 12 NP20 ASELC130 12 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental/A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the powersaving option is specified.
RCA-RA4C
200
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RA3D
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor BuiltIn (DirectCoupled) Motor
RCA
Series
RA3D
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT O
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. (4) Please note that models with builtin motor are not equipped with a brake.
P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
10 50200
(50mm increments)
72.4 144.8
5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (24V)
* See page A39 for cables for maintenance. Option Code FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price
Name Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back)
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)
201
RCA-RA3D
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
M81.25 (effective screw thread range 16)
18 18 20
16 (rod OD)
Mini
4 8.6
Standard
32
35
8.6
42
Splash Proof
Dimensions of Nut A
M26x1.5
Dimensions of Nut B
M35x1.5
Dimensions of Nut C
(15.01)
4 8.6
M81.25
Controllers
34
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCARA3D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 264.5 314.5 L 182 132
Weight (kg) 0.7 0.8 150 364.5 232 0.9 200 414.5 282 1.0
32
46
13
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI1 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEPCW20SI1 NP20
ACONC20SI1 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACONPL20SI1 NP20
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACONSE20SI1 N00
RACON20S 1
768 points
P503
ASELC120SI1 NP20
1500 points
P567
* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.
RCA-RA3D
202
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RA4D
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In (Direct-Coupled) Motor
RCA
Series
RA4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
INT
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/ backward direction of the rod.
P
Cleanroom Type Splash Proof Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCARA4D 1 2012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 206 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 203 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 3012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 306 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 303 2 3 4 5
Legend
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50300
(50mm increments)
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)
203
RCA-RA4D
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5) M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20)
22 20 22
20 (rod OD)
Mini
5
50
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
37
2.8
Standard
2.8
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut A
M301.5
Nut B
(19.6)
.2 40
M401.5
Nut C
5 2.8
M10x1.25
38
10
50
17
RCARA4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 257.5 307.5 20W Absol. 270.5 320.5 L Increm. 272.5 322.5 30W Absol. 285.5 335.5 187 137 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.0 1.2
150 200 357.5 407.5 370.5 420.5 372.5 422.5 385.5 435.5 287 237 45.5 58.5 60.5 73.5 1.3 1.5
Splash Proof
1.6
1.8
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I2 NP21 AMECC30I2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I2 NP20 ASEPC30I2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I2 NP20 ASEPCW30I2 NP20 ACONC20I2 NP20 ACONC30I2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I2 NP20 ACONCG30I2 NP20 ACONPL20I2 NP20 ACONPL30I2 NP20 ACONPO20I2 NP20 ACONPO30I2 NP20 ACONSE20I2 N00 ACONSE30I2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC12012 NP20 ASELC13012 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental/A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.
RCA-RA4D
204
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RA3R
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCA
Series
RA3R
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/ backward direction of the rod.
P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
10 50200
(50mm increments)
72.4 144.8
5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Clevis Bracket Backmounting plate Trunnion bracket (front) Option Code B FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM QR RP TRF See Page Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
A25 A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A34 A33 A34 A35 A38
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)
205
RCA-RA3R
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
18
18 P 85.5 25
18
35
42
84.4
84.4
Nut B
16 (rod OD)
Nut A
Mini Standard
32
3 42.4 ME SE
3 Home ME *2 st
M8 depth 15 42.4 8 49 10 L 31
[Brake-Equipped]
32 (width across ats) Nut A
P 124.5 43 25
35
16 (rod OD)
42
Splash Proof
Nut A
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCARA3R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 L 218 268 318 r 120 170 220 116.5 P
Weight (kg)
L 31
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON
32
34
M81.25
(15.01)
3 ME SE Home ME *2 st
3 8 49 10
0.8
0.9
1.0
32
13
RCARA3R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 150 L 218 268 318 r 120 170 220 155.5 P
Weight (kg) 1.0 1.1 1.2
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI1 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEPCW20SI1 NP20
ACONC20SI1 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACONPL20SI1 NP20
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACONSE20SI1 N00
RACON20S 1
768 points
P503
ASELC120SI1 NP20
1500 points
P567
* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.
RCA-RA3R
206
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RA4R
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCA
Series
RA4R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/ backward direction of the rod.
Notes on Selection
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCARA4R 1 2012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 206 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 203 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 3012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 306 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 303 2 3 4 5
Legend
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50300
(50mm increments)
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Clevis Bracket Backmounting plate Trunnion bracket (front) Option Code B FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM QR RP TRF See Page Standard Price
A25 A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A34 A33 A34 A35 A38
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)
207
RCA-RA4R
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
brake) 50 234 234 234 234 125
100 284 284 284 284 175 150 334 334 334 334 225 200 384 384 384 384 275 250 434 434 434 434 325 300 484 484 484 484 375
*3.
[No Brake]
M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20) Nut A M301. 5 Nut B M10x1.25
(19.6)
0 4
.2
22
RCARA4R (without Stroke Increm. 20W Absol. L Increm. 30W Absol. M301.5 M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5) (effective screw thread range 17.5) Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. P 20 20 Increm. 30W P Absol.
m 26
Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 100.5 113.5 115.5 128.5 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.8 2.0
38
17
Weight (kg)
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
20 (rod OD)
st ME 3 SE Home 3 ME*2
50
Nut A
98.5
37
48 98.5
9 56
10 L m P 47 26 33
Cleanroom Type
Splash Proof
RCARA4R (with brake) Stroke 50 Increm. 234 20W Absol. 234 L Increm. 234 30W Absol. 234 125 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. P Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.4 100 284 284 284 284 175 150 200 384 334 384 334 384 334 384 334 275 225 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 143.5 156.5 158.5 171.5 1.7 1.9 250 434 434 434 434 325 300 484 484 484 484 375
[Brake-Equipped]
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
3 SE 3 ME
20 (rod OD)
st ME Home
50
Nut A
Nut A
9 56
10
37
1.6
2.0
2.2
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I2 NP21 AMECC30I2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I2 NP20 ASEPC30I2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I2 NP20 ASEPCW30I2 NP20 ACONC20I2 NP20 ACONC30I2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I2 NP20 ACONCG30I2 NP20 ACONPL20I2 NP20 ACONPL30I2 NP20 ACONPO20I2 NP20 ACONPO30I2 NP20 ACONSE20I2 N00 ACONSE30I2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC12012 NP20 ASELC13012 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.
RCA-RA4R
208
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 45mm Diameter Servo Motor Short-Length Type Side-Mounted Motor
RCA-SRA4R
Configuration:
RCA
Series
SRA4R
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
A1 : ACON RACON 200 : 200mm ASEL (50mm pitch increments) * Set in 50mm increments A3 : AMEC over 100mm ASEP
Power-saving
Splash Proof
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
Controllers
O
PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.
Rated Thrust
(N)
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
20 200
(10mm increments)
RCA-SRA4R-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-SRA4R-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
5 2.5
9 18
3 6.5
41 81
20200
(10mm increments)
5 2.5
250 125
(Unit: mm/s)
(Note 1)
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controllers
3 Cable length
4 Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)
Pulse Motor
* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) Power-saving Reversed-home Option Code B FL FLR FT FT2/FT4 LA NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-27 A-28 A-29 A-31 A-32 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
209
RCA-SRA4R
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
32 22 20
M101.25
(210)
50
width across ats (*3) 4-M6 depth 12 E-M4 depth 10 (same with opposite side)
Mini
4-M6 depth 12
95
Standard
45 34 14 34 34
22.5
14 34 45
ME 3
SE
Home
ME (*2) 3 40.5
17
C B
D50 A L
15 22
st E-M4 depth 10
17
M101.25
* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
24 C
(19.6)
34
Splash Proof
D50
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. (*3) The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 124.5 84 62 30 0 4 0.78 30 134.5 94 72 40 0 4 0.84 40 144.5 104 82 50 0 4 0.9
(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 164.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.03 70 174.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.09 80 184.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.15 90 194.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.21 100 204.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.27 150 254.5 214 192 60 2 8 1.59
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
ACON-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACON-PL-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20SI 1 -N-0-0
RACON-20S 1
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-SRA4R
210
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RGS3C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled
RCA
Series
RGS3C
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
INT
P. A-5
Splash Proof
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 2.5mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (2.5mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
10 50200
(50mm increments)
72.4 144.8
5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 12mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for 2.5mm-lead model. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.
211
RCA-RGS3C
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
16 (rod OD)
[No Brake]
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
70 52.5 30.5
37.5 46
42
32
35
70
15 24
37 46
Standard
46
[Brake-Equipped]
8 53
(st+12)
17 5 14 43
124.5
42
32
35
Splash Proof
Bracket A
20.5
4-
Bracket B
4C2
4-M5
Nut A
6-M4 through-hole
Controllers
C2
41.5
15 30.5 52.5
30.5 70
Nut A
M26x1.5
Nut B
M35x1.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
48 .6
19.5
10
20 30
12
29 37
24
34
8 7 32 8 46
10
RCA-RGS3C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 L 316.5 366.5 190 140 Weight (kg) 1.3 1.1
2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model MEC-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
ACON-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACON-PL-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20SI 1 -N-0-0
RACON-20S1
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGS3C
212
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RGS4C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled
RCA
Series
RGS4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
(*1) Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models
Technical References P. A-5
INT
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (3mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Rated
Thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
Stroke Lead
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCA-RGS4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 3
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
213
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.
RCA-RGS4C
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
20 (rod OD)
[No Brake]
22
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
81 59 36.5
44 55
37
15
26
Nut B
30 50
Nut A
Bracket B
50
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGS4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 272.5 322.5 20W Absol. 285.5 335.5 L Increm. 287.5 337.5 30W Absol. 300.5 350.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.5 1.6 150 200 372.5 422.5 385.5 435.5 387.5 437.5 400.5 450.5 295 245 67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 1.8 2.0 250 472.5 485.5 487.5 500.5 345 300 522.5 535.5 537.5 550.5 395
[Brake-Equipped]
L 9 63 r (st+11) 1
(50)
37
Splash Proof
Nut A
Bracket B
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
Nut B
2.2
2.4
Bracket A
4C
6-M5 through-hole
Bracket B
2 44-M5
Nut A
Nut B
15 36.5 59
M301. 5
0.2
M401. 5
2.8
20 30
15
29 37
8 8 38 10 50
RCA-RGS4C (with Stroke Increm. 20W Absol. L Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg)
10 26.5
150 200 415.5 465.5 428.5 478.5 430.5 480.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 2.0 2.2
50
22
10
26
36.5 81
1.7
1.8
2.4
2.6
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I 2 NP21 AMECC30I 2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I 2 NP20 ASEPC30I 2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I 2 NP20 ASEPCW30I 2 NP20 ACONC20I 2 NP20 ACONC30I 2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I 2 NP20 ACONCG30I 2 NP20 ACONPL20I 2 NP20 ACONPL30I 2 NP20 ACONPO20I 2 NP20 ACONPO30I 2 NP20 ACONSE20I 2 N00 ACONSE30I 2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC120 12 NP20 ASELC130 12 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGS4C
214
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RGS3D
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model
RCA
Series
RGS3D
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Rated
Thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
10 5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 12mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
215
RCA-RGS3D
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
16 (rod OD)
[No Brake]
ME 3
SE
Home 3 st
ME *2 12 35 (st+65) st 3
8 53
(st+12) 5
17 14
Mini Standard
37.5
46
24
42
15
70
52.5 30.5
70
32
35
46
Bracket A
6-M4 through-hole
Bracket B
C2 4C2
4-M5
Splash Proof
20.5
4-
41.5
Nut A
30.5 70
M26x1.5
Nut B
M35x1.5
Controllers
. 48 6
30.5
52.5
15
19.5
24
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGS3D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 258.5 308.5 L 190 140
Weight (kg) 0.9 1.1 150 358.5 240 1.2 200 408.5 290 1.3
10
10
20 30
12
29 37
8 7 32 8 46
2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page
SCON PSEL
P477
ASEP-CW-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type
ACON-CG-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
ACON-PL-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-PO-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
ACON-SE-20SI 1 -N-0-0
RACON-20S1
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20SI 1 -NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGS3D
216
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RGS4D
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model
RCA
Series
RGS4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
INT
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Rated
Thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
Stroke Lead
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCA-RGS4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 3
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
217
RCA-RGS4D
RCA
Dimensions
*1. *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
20 (rod OD)
[No Brake]
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
ME *2 11 41 (st+74) st 3
9 63
(st+11) 1
19
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
16
Mini Standard
81
36.5
81 59
44
55
15
26
Nut B
Bracket A
37
50
50
Bracket A
C
6-M5 through-hole
Bracket B
44-M5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut A Nut B
0.2
M401.5
Cleanroom Type
10 26.5
36.5 81
M301.5
36.5 59
2.8
20 30
15
29 37
38
10
50
RCA-RGS4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 250.5 300.5 20W Absol. 263.5 313.5 L Increm. 265.5 315.5 30W Absol. 278.5 328.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.3 1.5
150 200 350.5 400.5 363.5 413.5 365.5 415.5 378.5 428.5 295 245 45.5 58.5 60.5 73.5 1.7 1.9
10
Splash Proof
4-
50
22
15
26
2.1
2.3
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I 2NP21 AMECC30I 2NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I 2NP20 ASEPC30I 2NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I 2NP20 ASEPCW30I 2NP20 ACONC20I 2NP20 ACONC30I 2NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I 2NP20 ACONCG30I 2NP20 ACONPL20I 2NP20 ACONPL30I 2NP20 ACONPO20I 2NP20 ACONPO30I 2NP20 ACONSE20I 2N00 ACONSE30I 2N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC120 12NP20 ASELC130 12NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGS4D
218
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 45mm Width Servo Motor Short-Length Model Side-Mounted Motor
RCA-SRGS4R
Configuration:
RCA
Series
SRGS4R
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20 : 20mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
A1 : ACON RACON 200 : 200mm ASEL (10mm pitch increments) * Set in 50mm increments A3 : AMEC over 100mm ASEP
Power-saving
Splash Proof
Technical References
P. A-5
Controllers
O
INT
PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
20 200
(10mm increments)
RCA-SRGS4R-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-SRGS4R-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
5 2.5
20 200
(10mm increments)
5 2.5
250 125
(Unit: mm/s)
(Note 1)
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controllers
3 Cable length
4 Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)
Pulse Motor
* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Servo Motor (24V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FLR FT FT2/FT4 GS2 GS4 LA NM See Page Standard Price
Name Brake Flange bracket (back) Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) Guide mounting direction Power-saving Reversed-home
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22 mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more. * Please be sure that the mounting direction of the guide is specified in the product name. * The guide and the foot bracket cannot be mounted in the same direction.
219
RCA-SRGS4R
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
15
80 45
45.5
45
(210)
20
90.5
5.5
34
10
2.5
E-M4 depth 10 (same with opposite side)
50.5
Mini
4-M6 depth 12
95
6-M5 depth 12
Standard
20 30 34
(View A)
44
34
7.5
22.5
0.5
30
30
20 14.5 34.5 8
17
C L
D50 A
15
22
E-M4 depth 10
24
D50
* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME : Mechanical end
34
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) (*2) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.15 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.21 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.28
(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.42 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.49 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.56 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.62 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.69 150 256.5 214 192 60 2 8 2.03 200 306.5 264 242 60 3 10 2.38
2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20SI1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACON-PL-20S1-NP-2-0
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20SI1-N-0-0
RACON-20S1
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20SI1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-SRGS4R
220
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RGD3C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled
RCA
Series
RGD3C
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
(1)
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT O
Notes on Selection
(2)
Controllers
(3)
PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 2.5mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (2.5mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Rated
Thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
4 9 18
10 5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
221
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for 2.5mm-lead model. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.
RCA-RGD3C
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
16 (rod OD)
20
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
ME 12 35 (st+65) st 3
40 (width across ats) Nut B ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L 53 (st+12) 32 (width across ats) 5 17 14
29 20
42
92 83 75 61
32
35
92
[Brake-Equipped]
32
(42)
(35)
Splash Proof
C2
4-
C2
Bracket A
4-
Bracket B
Bracket B
Controllers
75 20.5 20 20.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut B
M35x1.5
Nut A
92 83
M26x1.5
.6 48
12
29 37
32
46
2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI1NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Program Control Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEPCW20SI1NP20
ACONC20SI1NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI1NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI1NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACONPL20SI1NP20
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACONSE20SI1N00
RACON20S1
768 points
P503
ASELC120SI1NP20
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGD3C
222
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RGD4C
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled
RCA
Series
RGD4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
(*1)
Technical References
INT
(2)
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(3)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (3mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Rated
Thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCA-RGD4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 3
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
223
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.
RCA-RGD4C
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
20 (rod OD)
22
11 41 (st+74)
st
ME
SE Home 3 st
52.8 37 30
110 100 88 73 20
37
50
110
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
m
[BrakeEquipped]
9 Bracket A
19 16
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
RCA-RGD4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 272.5 322.5 20W Absol. 285.5 335.5 L Increm. 287.5 337.5 30W Absol. 300.5 350.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.8 2.0
150 200 372.5 422.5 385.5 435.5 387.5 437.5 400.5 450.5 295 245 67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 2.2 2.4
37
(50)
Splash Proof
2.6
2.8
4-
8-M5 through-hole
C2
4-
Bracket A
Bracket B 4-M5
88 26.5 20 26.5
Nut A
110 100
M301.5
Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5
2.8
20 30
15
29 37
38
10
50
RCA-RGD4C (with Stroke Increm. 20W Absol. L Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg)
150 200 415.5 465.5 428.5 478.5 430.5 480.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 2.4 2.6
C2
2.0
2.2
2.8
3.0
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I2-NP-2-1 AMEC-C-30I2-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEP-CW-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-CW-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-CG-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-SE-20I2-N-0-0 ACON-SE-30I2-NP-0-0 RACON-202 RACON-302 ASEL-C-1-20 12-NP-2-0 ASEL-C-1-30 12-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGD4C
224
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-RGD3D
Configuration:
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model
RCA
Series
RGD3D
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(2) (3)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
4 9 18
10 50200
(50mm increments)
72.4 144.8
5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
225
RCA-RGD3D
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
16 (rod OD)
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
ME 12 35 (st+65) st 3 Nut B
29 20
8 53
17 14
66.5
92 83
75 61
42 35
32
30 37 48.6
92
Cleanroom Type
Bracket A
2 4C
Bracket B
4C 2
Splash Proof
20 20.5
Nut A
92 83
M26x1.5
Nut B
M35x1.5
Controllers
8 4 .6
20.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGD3D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 258.5 308.5 L 190 140
Weight (kg) 1.1 1.2 150 358.5 240 1.4 200 408.5 290 1.5
75
8-M4 (through-hole)
20 30
12
4-M5 (through-hole)
29 37
32
46
2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page
SCON PSEL
P477
ASEP-CW-20SI1-NP-2-0
ACON-PL-20SI1-NP-2-0
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20SI1-N-0-0
RACON-20S1
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20SI1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGD3D
226
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model
RCA-RGD4D
Configuration:
RCA
Series
RGD4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
INT
(2) (3)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCA-RGD4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend
12 6 3
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
227
RCA-RGD4D
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
20 (rod OD)
3 st
3 41 (st+74)
11
st
ME
SE Home
ME*2
52.8 37 30 Bracket A 9 63
r (st+11) 1
19
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
16
Standard
37
50
110 100 88 73 20
110
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
C2 4C2
8-M5 through-hole
Bracket A
4-
Bracket B 4-M5
26.5
Nut A
110 100
M301.5
Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5
26.5
2.8
20 30
15
29 37
RCA-RGD4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 250.5 300.5 20W Absol. 263.5 313.5 L Increm. 265.5 315.5 30W Absol. 278.5 328.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.6 1.8
150 200 350.5 400.5 363.5 413.5 365.5 415.5 378.5 428.5 295 245 45.5 58.5 60.5 73.5 2.1 2.3
Splash Proof
88 20
38
10
50
2.5
2.7
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I2-NP-2-1 AMEC-C-30I2-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEP-CW-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-CW-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-CG-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-SE-20I2-N-0-0 ACON-SE-30I2-N-0-0 RACON-202 RACON-302 ASEL-C-1-2012-NP-2-0 ASEL-C-1-3012-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGD4D
228
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCA-RGD3R
Configuration:
RCA
Series
RGD3R
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
(1)
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(2) (3)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 200
(50mm increments)
10 20 5 2.5
10 50 200
(50mm increments)
5 2.5
Stroke
Compatible controllers
Cable length
Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate Option Code B FT FLR HS LA NM QR RP See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-28 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-34 A-35
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
229
RCA-RGD3R
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
35 8
L r 31 18
Nut A
M26x1.5
32 Bracket A
Bracket B
Mini Standard
84.4
3 ME 20 SE Home
3 ME *2
35
42
st
Nut A Nut A
42
29
20
30
37
61 75 83 92
16 (rod OD)
12 (st+65)
50
M8 depth 15
155.5 124.5 43 25
42.4
[Brake-Equipped]
35
st Nut A 3 Home ME*2
Cleanroom Type
42
Splash Proof
Nut A
Bracket A
4-
8-M4 through-hole
Bracket B
4-M5
ME
SE
4-
Controllers
20 20.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
16 (rod OD)
12 (st+65) 50 3
20 30
12
75
92 83
20.5
2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI2NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI2NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEPCW20SI2NP20
ACONC20SI2NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI2 NP20 ACONPL20SI2NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI2NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
P535
Pulse Motor
ACONSE20SI2N00
RACON20S2
768 points
P503
ASELC120SI2NP20
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGD3R
230
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCA-RGD4R
Configuration:
RCA
Series
RGD4R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
Power-saving
Technical References
P. A-5
INT
(2) (3)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Notes on Selection
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCA-RGD4R- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Control length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate Option Code B FT FLR HS LA NM QR RP See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-28 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-34 A-35
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
231
RCA-RGD4R
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGD4R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 227 277 20W Absol. 277 227 L Increm. 227 277 30W Absol. 277 227 188 133 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. P Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.9 2.2 150 327 327 327 327 233 200 377 377 377 377 288 250 427 427 427 427 333 300 477 477 477 477 383
*3.
Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
[No Brake]
Nut A
M301.5
0.2
38
67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 100.5 113.5 115.5 128.5 2.3 2.6 2.7 3.0
P 26
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
20 (rod OD)
20
Nut A
50
Standard
Nut A
29 20
30 37
73 88 100 110
[Brake-Equipped]
ME 3 SE
st Home 3 ME *2
9.5
98.5
48
Splash Proof
RCA-RGD4R (with brake)
Stroke Increm. Absol. Increm. 30W Absol. 20W L m Increm. Absol. Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. Increm. 30W Absol. 20W Weight (kg) 2.1 2.4 50 227 227 227 227 133 100 277 277 277 277 188 150 200 377 327 377 327 377 327 377 327 288 233 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 143.5 156.5 158.5 171.5 2.5 2.8 250 427 427 427 427 333 300 477 477 477 477 383
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
20 (rod OD)
50
Bracket A
4C2
8-M5 through-hole
Bracket B
44-M5
Nut A
Nut A
88 20 26.5
C2
110 100
26.5
20 30
29 15 37 8
2.9
3.2
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I2NP21 AMECC30I2NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I2NP20 ASEPC30I2NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I2NP20 ASEPCW30I2NP20 ACONC20I2NP20 ACONC30I2NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I2NP20 ACONCG30I2NP20 ACONPL20I2NP20 ACONPL30I2NP20 ACONPO20I2NP20 ACONPO30I2NP20 ACONSE20I2N00 ACONSE30I2N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC12012NP20 ASELC13012NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
P535
Pulse Motor
768 points
P503
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-RGD4R
232
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 45mm Width Servo Motor Short-Length Model
RCA-SRGD4R
Configuration:
RCA
Series
SRGD4R
Type
I
Encoder
20
Motor Lead 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20 : 20mm
Compatible Controllers
I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.
A1 : ACON RACON 200 : 200mm ASEL (50mm pitch increments) * Set in 50mm increments A3 : AMEC over 100mm ASEP
Power-saving
Splash Proof
Technical References
P. A-5
Controllers
O
INT
PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
20 200
(10mm increments)
RCA-SRGD4R-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-SRGD4R-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend
5 2.5
20200
(10mm increments)
5 2.5
250 125
(Unit: mm/s)
(Note 1)
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controllers
3 Cable length
4 Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price
3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)
Pulse Motor
* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.
4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22 mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more. * The foot bracket cannot be mounted on the side.
Linear Servo Motor
233
RCA-SRGD4R
RCA
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
7.5 15.5
45
5.5
34
10
Mini
45 Secure at least 100
(210)
45.5
45
45.5
50.5
15.5 7.5
Mini Standard
95
20 30
44 34
34
22.5
7.5
34
0.5
30
30
20 14.5 34.5 8
17
C L
D50 A
15
22
34
E-M4 depth 10
* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
34
Splash Proof
24
D50
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) (*2) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.42 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.49 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.56
(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.71 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.79 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.86 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.94 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 2.01
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477
ASEP-CW-20SI1-NP-2-0
ACON-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points
ACON-PL-20SI1-NP-2-0
DC24V
P535
Pulse Motor
ACON-SE-20SI1-N-0-0
RACON-20S1
768 points
P503
ASEL-C-1-20SI1-NP-2-0
1500 points
P567
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.
RCA-SRGD4R
234
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-RA4C
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RA4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A: Absloute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
(*1)
Technical References
(1)
INT
(2)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation of the standard model at 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and the high acceleration/deceleration model at 1G (excluding the 3mm-lead model). (Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity values shown in the table below are the upper limits.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.
P
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RA4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Knuckle joint Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT FL FLR HA HS NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price
A-25 A-29 A-27 A-28 A-32 A-32 A-34 A-33 A-38 A-38
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
235
RCS2-RA4C
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20)
20 (rod OD)
37
48
52
.8
50
[Brake-Equipped]
st 3 ME SE Home ME*2 3 56 Nut A 36 (width across ats)
L 19 47 m
20 (rod OD)
(50)
(48)
37
Cleanroom Type
Nut A
M301.5
Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5
10
2.8
Nut B
16
Splash Proof
47 (width across ats)
Controllers
8 38
10
50
Nut C
M10x1.25
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 292.5 342.5 L 30W 307.5 357.5 187 137 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.1 1.2 150 200 392.5 442.5 407.5 457.5 287 237 80.5 95.5 1.4 1.5 250 492.5 507.5 337 300 542.5 557.5 487
PMEC /AMEC
RCS2-RA4C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 335.5 385.5 L 30W 350.5 400.5 187 137 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.3 1.5
17
150 200 435.5 485.5 450.5 500.5 287 237 123.5 138.5 1.6 1.7
(19.6)
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated for Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-30D12-NP-2-3
20000 points
P577
XSEL-4-1-201-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-30D12-N1-EEE-2-5
20000 points
P587
* * * * * *
For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-Axes model. 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RA4C
236
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-RA5C
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RA5C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A: Absloute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
(*1)
Technical References
INT
(2)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 4mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration models (0.2G for 4mm-lead). (Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity values shown in the table below are the upper limits.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.
P
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 250
(50mm increments)
300
(mm)
RCS2-RA5C- 1 -60-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -60-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -60-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -100-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -100-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -100-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4
16 8 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FL FT HA See Page Standard Price
Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Flange Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1)
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 60W models and 100W model with 4mm lead.
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 30mm 0.7 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
237
RCS2-RA5C
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
42 30.5
*3.
The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product. Cable joint connector *1
43
30
28
Standard
M141.5 4-M6 depth 12 (300)
Controllers Integrated
0.5
Mini Standard
ME 19 26 44 55 Section A (4.8)
SE
Home 4 ST
0.5
0.5
[Brake-Equipped]
4.3
4.3 7.3
1.8
ME
SE
Home 4 ST
ME *2 72.5 52 L m
Details of section A
Splash Proof
(4.8)
(25.4)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA5C (brake) Stroke 50 60W 282 L 100W 300 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 1.9 100 332 350 188 150 382 400 238 92 110 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 200 432 450 288 250 482 500 338 300 532 550 388 150 200 454.5 504.5 472.5 522.5 288 238 164.5 182.5 2.8 3.1 250 554.5 572.5 338 300 604.5 622.5 388
3.4
3.7
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
20000 points
P577
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-Axes model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RA5C
238
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-RA4D
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RA4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A: Absloute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
P. A-5
INT
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RA4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Knuckle joint Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code FT FL FLR HS NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
239
RCS2-RA4D
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated
[No Brake]
M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20)
22 20 22
Mini Standard
5
20 (rod OD)
37
48
50
2.8
2.8
Cleanroom Type
Splash Proof
Nut A
M301.5
Nut B
0 4 .2
M401.5
Nut C
(19.6)
.8 52
M10x1.25
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 270.5 320.5 L 30W 335.5 285.5 187 137 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.0 1.2 150 200 370.5 420.5 385.5 435.5 287 237 58.5 73.5 1.3 1.5 250 470.5 485.5 337 300 520.5 535.5 487
38
10
50
17
1.6
1.8
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-20 1-NP-2-2 SCON-C-30D 1-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type
7 points
XSEL
64 points
360VA max.
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
20000 points
P577
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-Axes model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RA4D
240
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type Short-Length Type 75mm Width 200V Servo Motor
RCS2-SRA7BD
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
SRA7BD
Type Encoder I : Incremental Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor 150 : 150W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
INT
(1) (2) (3) (4)
P. A-5
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
When operated at the rated acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the rated acceleration. When operated at the maximum acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the maximum acceleration. If positioning repeatability and/or lost motion is required, the rotation of the rod must be restricted. In this case, select a model with a guide, or add a separate guide. The standard model may exhibit vibration of the rod at long strokes. If this is an issue, select a model with a guide, or add a separate guide.
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4 16 150 8 4
Cable length
5 10 20 10 22 40 15 35 55
16 8 4
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 60W 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price Motor power output 100W
3 Cable List
Type 150W Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FL FT RE See Page Standard Price
Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Flange Foot bracket Extended rod tip
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 35mm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
241
RCS2-SRA7BD
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ST: Stroke SE: Stroke end ME: Mechanical end
*3. Note The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.
300
Note The orientation of the 35 outer circumference groove varies with product. Dimension for extended rod tip 4-M5 depth 12 Home
Rod OD 35
Home
Standard
*2
Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged. pitch
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke 60W L 100W 150W 60W m n p r Weight (kg) 60W 100W 150W 100W 150W 50 126 133 145 69 76 88 25 0 4 2.4 2.6 2.9 100 176 176 176 119 119 119 35 0 4 2.9 3.1 3.3 150 226 226 226 169 169 169 35 1 6 3.5 3.7 3.9 200 276 276 276 219 219 219 35 2 8 4.1 4.2 4.4 250 326 326 326 269 269 269 35 3 10 4.6 4.8 5 300 376 376 376 319 319 319 35 4 12 5.2 5.4 5.6
Note:
A slit is provided in the side of the actuator body to prevent pauses due to forward/backward operation. Please make a separate request for a dustproof/splashproof model.
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-1I-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-1I-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
Note:
The SRA7BD type actuator cannot be connected to the 5th and 6th axis of the XSEL-P/Q controller.
* * * * *
For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. 1 is a place holder for the motor output (W) (60, 100, 150). 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-SRA7BD
242
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type Side-Mounted Motor 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor
RCS2-RA4R
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RA4R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
(1)
P. A-5
INT O
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(2) (3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RA4R- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Knuckle joint Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate Trunnion bracket (front) Option Code B FT FL FLR HS NJ NM QR RP TRF See Page Standard Price
A-25 A-29 A-27 A-28 A-32 A-34 A-33 A-34 A-35 A-38
Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
243
RCS2-RA4R
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
[No Brake]
22 20 P m 26
20
Standard
40
48
98.5
48 98.5
ME
3 SE
Home
3 ME *2
20 (rod OD)
st
50
Nut A
Mini Standard
37
[Brake-Equipped]
26
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA4R (without brake)
Stroke 20W L 30W m 20W 30W 20W 30W 1.2 50 234 234 125 1.4 100 284 284 175 50 234 234 125 100 284 284 175 150 334 334 225 200 384 384 275 250 434 434 325 300 484 484 375
ME
3 SE
Home
3 ME
20 (rod OD)
st
48
50
Nut A
Nut A
Splash Proof
80.5 95.5 113.5 128.5 1.5 150 1.7 200 1.8 250 434 434 325 2.0 300 484 484 375
37
Nut A
M301.5
Nut B
(19.6)
0 4 .2
M10x1.25
6 8 38
17
m P
Weight (kg)
1.4
1.6
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RA4R
244
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-RA5R
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RA5R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute
60
Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Option See Options below * Be sure to specify which side the motor is to be mounted (ML/MR).
Technical References
P. A-5
Splash Proof
INT
(2) (3)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 250
(50mm increments)
300
(mm)
16 60 8 4
16 50 300
(50mm increments)
8 4
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FL FT ML MR See Page Standard Price
Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Flange Foot bracket Left-Mounted Motor (Standard) Right-Mounted Motor
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 30mm 0.7 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
245
RCS2-RA5R
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
(72) (63) 55 44 26 19
[No Brake]
52 42 4-M6 depth 12 30.5 6 4
*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product. 62
43
30
28
55 44 26 19
Standard
122.5
10
M141.5 section A
54
3.5
54
300
83
39
Mini Standard
ME (4.8)
SE Home 4 ST
4.3
4.3 7.3
Details of section A
1.8
[Brake-Equipped]
Splash Proof
43
Dimensions of the Supplied Nut 8 22 M141.5 M141.5
30
28
(25.4)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA5R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 302 252 L 188 138
Weight (kg) 2.3 2.6 150 352 238 2.9 200 402 288 3.2 250 452 338 3.5 300 502 388 3.8
ROBO NET
150 401.5 238 3.2 200 451.5 288 3.5 250 501.5 338 3.8 300 551.5 388 4.1
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-601-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-601-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, 3: 3-phase 200V).
RCS2-RA5R
246
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Ultra High Thrust Rod Type 130mm Width 200V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCS2-RA13R
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RA13R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute
750
Motor 750 : 750W Servo Motor Lead 2.5 : 2.5mm 1.25 : 1.25mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
T2
Compatible Controllers
Option See Options below * Please be sure to specify one of the codes for the motor mounting direction and the cable exit direction.
T2 : SCON
20000
15000
10000
2.5mm lead
5000
2000
0
1000
0 20 50 100 150 Current Limit (%) 200 250
Note: The correlation between the pushing force and the current limit are only rough guide values, and may deviate from the actual numbers. The pushing force may be inconsistent if the current limit is low. Therefore, please set it at 20% or higher. The travel speed while the pushing force is acting is fixed at 10mm/s. The graph shows pushing action at 10mm/s. Please note that the pushing force will decrease if the speed changes. Depending on operational conditions, the pushing force may decrease due to the rise in the temperature of the motor.
Technical References
(1)
P. A-5
When performing pushing operation, duration of continuous use is preset for the set pushing force. In addition, the continuous thrust (with load and duty factored in) must be less than the rated thrust. For details, please see selection reference material ( A-71). The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.02G for 2.5mm-lead, and 0.01 for 1.25-lead. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. The brake option requires, in addition to the actuator and the controller, a brake box (see accessories on P248).
Splash Proof
Notes on Selection
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON
(4)
50 85
200
2.5 1.25
0.02 0.01
400 500
200 300
5106 10211
3567 7141
9800 19600
50 200
(50mm increments)
2.5 1.25
125
Encoder
Stroke
Cable length
Options
(Unit: mm/s)
3 Cable List
Standard Price 1 Encoder Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Incremental Absolute 1t type (2.5mm lead) 2t type (1.25mm lead) 1t type (2.5mm lead) 2t type (1.25mm lead)
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code B BN MT1/MT2/MT3 MR1/MR2 ML1/ML3 FL FT See Page Standard Price
Name Brake (with brake box) Brake (without brake box) Top-mounted motor Right-mounted motor Left-mounted motor Flange Foot bracket
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Allowable Load Moment of the Rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Push Force Service Life
Description Ball screw 32mm C10 grade 0.01mm 0.2mm or less 50mm (ball spline) 120 Nm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) 10 million pushes (*1)
247
(*1) The number of pushes are based on maximum pushing force and a distance of 1mm.
RCS2-RA13R
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard
[No Brake]
The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.
85h7
124
50 (rod OD)
Note:
The brake-equipped model (option code: "-B") always comes with a brake box. If you want to order just the brake-equipped actuator, specify the option code "-BN".
130 st+232.5 ST+439.5 L 2-8H7, depth 10 D-M12, depth 18 77
16 286
8-M12, depth 24
66
128
50 95
50 95 124 130
44
(110)
70
[Brake-Equipped]
E A B100P (C) (251)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
150 699.5 40 3 42.5 8 90 35 200 749.5 65 3 67.5 8 115 36
50 (rod OD)
Min 100
12
103
94 70
Splash Proof
RCS2-RA13R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 656.5 706.5 L 65 40 A 2 2 B 67.5 42.5 C 6 6 D 115 90 E
Weight (kg) 35 36 150 756.5 40 3 42.5 8 90 37 200 806.5 65 3 67.5 8 115 38
65.5
4-5
12
44
130
st+232.5 ST+439.5 L
77
103
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL
(110)
57
Note:
Please be sure to specify one of the codes for the motor mounting direction and the cable exit direction.
Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage. Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
SSEL XSEL
Positioner Mode
512 points
Pulse Motor
64 points
()
RCS2-RA13R
248
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Coupled
RCS2-RGS4C
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RGS4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
(*1)
Technical References
(1)
INT
(2)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (3mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Notes on Selection
(3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.
249
RCS2-RGS4C
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
20 (rod OD)
[No Brake]
22
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
81 59 36.5
44 55
37
48
Standard
15
26
81
Nut B
[Brake-Equipped]
9 63
(st+11)
(50)
(48)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGS4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 285.5 335.5 385.5 435.5 L 30W 300.5 350.5 400.5 450.5 295 195 245 145 80.5 20W m 95.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 250 485.5 500.5 345 300 535.5 550.5 395
37
Splash Proof
Bracket A
C
6-M5 through-hole
Bracket B
2 44-M5
Nut B
Nut A
50 36.5 81
M301.5
Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5
10 26.5
15 36.5 59
4-
22
2.8
2.2
2.4
26
20 30
15
29 37
8 8 38 10 50
RCS2-RGS4C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 328.5 378.5 L 30W 343.5 393.5 195 145 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.7 1.8
10
150 200 428.5 478.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 123.5 138.5 2.0 2.2
2.4
2.6
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)
XSEL
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-30D12-NP-2-3
20000 points
P577
XSEL-4-1-201-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-30D12-N1-EEE-2-5
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RGS4C
250
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 55mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Coupled
RCS2-RGS5C
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RGS5C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
(*1)
Technical References
INT
(2)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 4mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration models (4mm-lead excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Notes on Selection
(3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 250
(50mm increments)
300
(mm)
RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -60-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -60-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -60-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -100-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -100-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -100-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4
16 8 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FT GS2 GS4 HA See Page Standard Price
Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Foot bracket Guide mounting direction High-acceleration/deceleration (*1)
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 60W models and 100W model with 4mm lead.
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 12mm, Ball bush type) 30mm 0.1 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
251
RCS2-RGS5C
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
M4 ME (4.8) st Actuator width: 55 0.5 54 0.5 25 19 67.5 SE Home ME*2 4 54 st+72 st 300 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home) 14.5 (Shaft overhang at SE) st+14.5
3.2
(9.9)
36
15
12
105
Actuator height : 55
40
95
(view A)
55
40
Standard
25
2.5
0.5
30 40
44
10
0.5
54
0.5
25
19
67.5
st+14.5
36
Details of T-slot
4.3
55
15
12
0.5
25
7.3
1.8
4.3
Splash Proof
72.5
Controllers
m
2.5
44
10
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGS5C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 334 284 L 100W 352 302 188 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 2.5 2.8 150 384 402 238 92 110 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.3 200 434 452 288 250 484 502 338 300 534 552 388
PMEC /AMEC
RCS2-RGS5C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 356.5 406.5 L 100W 374.5 424.5 188 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 2.8 3.1
150 200 456.5 506.5 474.5 524.5 288 238 164.5 182.5 3.5 3.9
4.2
4.6
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)
XSEL
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-601-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-10012-NP-2-3
20000 points
P577
XSEL-4-1-601-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-10012-N1-EEE-2-5
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RGS5C
252
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Built-In Model
RCS2-RGS4D
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RGS4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
P. A-5
INT
Notes on Selection
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
(2) (3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
253
RCS2-RGS4D
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
20 (rod OD)
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
ME *2 11 41 (st+74) st 3
9 63
(st+11) 1
19 16
Standard
36.5
81 59
44
55
37
15
Nut B
26
40 50
Bracket A
C
6-M5 through-hole
Bracket B
44-M5
Splash Proof
4-
Nut A
50 36.5 81
M301.5
Nut B
0.2
M401.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
.8 52
36.5 59
20 30
15
29 37
RCS2-RGS4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 263.5 313.5 363.5 413.5 L 30W 328.5 378.5 428.5 278.5 295 195 245 145 58.5 20W m 73.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9
22
15
26
10
10 26.5
38
10
50
2.1
2.3
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)
XSEL
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RGS4D
254
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 75mm Width 200V Servo Motor Short-Length Model
RCS2-SRGS7BD
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
SRGS7BD
Type
I
Encoder I : Incremental Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor 150 : 150W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
O
INT
(1) (2) (3)
P. A-5
When operated at the rated acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the rated acceleration. When operated at the maximum acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the maximum acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
50 300
(50mm increments)
16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4 16 150 8 4
5 10 20 10 22 40 15 35 55
16 8 4
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controller
3 Cable length
4 Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 60W 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price Motor Output (W) 100W
3 Cable List
Type 150W Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FT GS2 GS4 See Page Standard Price
Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Foot bracket Guide mounting direction
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 16, Ball bush type) 35mm 0.1 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
255
RCS2-SRGS7BD
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ST: Stroke SE: Stroke end ME: Mechanical end
Note:
A slit is provided in the side of the actuator body to prevent pauses due to forward/backward operation. Please make a separate request for a dustproof/splashproof model.
6-M6 Dept 25
Home *2
(view A)
Mini Standard
r-M5, depth 12
(300)
px50 pitch
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke 60W L 100W 150W 60W m n p r Weight (kg) 60W 100W 150W 100W 150W 50 126 133 145 69 76 88 25 0 4 3.5 3.7 4 100 176 176 176 119 119 119 35 0 4 4.1 4.3 4.5 150 226 226 226 169 169 169 35 1 6 4.8 4.9 5.1 200 276 276 276 219 219 219 35 2 8 5.4 5.6 5.8 250 326 326 326 269 269 269 35 3 10 6.1 6.2 6.4 300 376 376 376 319 319 319 35 4 12 6.7 6.9 7.1
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)
XSEL
Dedicated for Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-1I-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-1I-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
Note:
The SRGS7BD type actuator cannot be connected to the 5th and 6th axes of the XSEL-P/Q controller.
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a place holder for the motor output (W) (60, 100, 150). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-SRGS7BD
256
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Coupled
RCS2-RGD4C
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RGD4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
(*1)
Technical References
(1)
INT O
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration model (3mm-lead excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
(2)
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.
257
RCS2-RGD4C
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
20 (rod OD)
[No Brake]
11 41 (st+74)
st
ME
Home SE 3 st
ME*2
52.8 37 30
Mini
40
110 100 88 73 20
37
50
48
Standard
110
Nut B 20 29 Nut A 36 (width across ats) Bracket B L 9 Bracket A 19 (width across ats) 63 (st+11) 1 47 19 16 m
[Brake-Equipped]
37
(50)
(48)
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGD4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 285.5 335.5 385.5 435.5 L 30W 300.5 350.5 400.5 450.5 295 195 245 145 80.5 20W m 95.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 250 485.5 500.5 345 300 535.5 550.5 395
Splash Proof
4-
4-
Bracket A
Bracket B 4-M5
Nut A
88 26.5 20 26.5
Nut A
110 100
M301.5
Nut B
.2 M401.5 40
5 2.8
2.6
2.8
20 30
15
29 37
38
10
50
RCS2-RGD4C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 328.5 378.5 L 30W 343.5 393.5 195 145 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 2.0 2.2
150 200 428.5 478.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 123.5 138.5 2.4 2.6
2.8
3.0
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-30D12-NP-2-3
20000 points
P577
XSEL-4-1-201-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-30D12-N1-EEE-2-5
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RGD4C
258
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Built-In Model
RCS2-RGD5C
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RGD5C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
(*1)
Technical References
INT O
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 4mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration models (4mm-lead excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
(2)
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 250
(50mm increments)
300
(mm)
RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -60-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -60-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -60-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -100-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -100-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -100-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4
16 8 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FT HA See Page Standard Price
Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1)
(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 60W models and 100W model with 4mm lead.
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 12, Ball bush type) 30mm 0.08 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
259
RCS2-RGD5C
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
*1 The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end 25 19 67.5 st+14.5
13.5
[No Brake]
Details of the T-slot
4.3
36
10
12
55
(9.9)
4.3 7.3
1.8
3.2
13.5 10
55
14.5 (shaft overhang at SE) st 4 SE Home ME*2 54 st+72 st 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)
Actuator height : 55
0.5
0.5 (72) 54
54
44
30 40
0.5
10
0.5
54
0.5
[Brake-Equipped]
0.5
Splash Proof
72.5 44 10 L m
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGD5C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 334 284 L 100W 352 302 188 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 2.7 3.0 150 384 402 238 92 110 3.4 3.8 4.2 5.5 200 434 452 288 250 484 502 338 300 524 552 388
RCS2-RGD5C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 356.5 406.5 L 100W 374.5 424.5 188 138 60W m 100W Weight (kg) 3.3 3.0
150 200 456.5 506.5 474.5 524.5 288 238 164.5 182.5 3.7 4.1
4.5
5.8
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-601-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-10012-NP-2-3
20000 points
P577
XSEL-4-1-601-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-10012-N1-EEE-2-5
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RGD5C
260
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Built-In Model
RCS2-RGD4D
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RGD4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
P. A-5
INT O
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
(2) (3)
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)
1 Encoder
2 Stroke
3 Compatible controller
4 Cable length
5 Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
261
RCS2-RGD4D
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
[No Brake]
20 (rod OD)
22
ME 3
SE Home 3 st
ME*2 11 41 (st+74) st 3
52.8 37 30 Bracket A 9 63
(st+11) 1
19 16
m 52.8
Standard
48
110 100 88 73 20
37
50
110
40
4-
8-M5 through-hole
4-
Bracket A
Bracket B 4-M5
Splash Proof
26.5
Nut A
110 100
M301.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5
26.5
2.8
20 30
15
29 37
RCS2-RGD4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 263.5 313.5 363.5 413.5 L 30W 328.5 378.5 428.5 278.5 295 195 245 145 58.5 20W m 73.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.3
88 20
38
10
50
2.5
2.7
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RGD4D
262
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 75mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Short-Length Model
RCS2-SRGD7BD
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
SRGD7BD
Type
I
Encoder I : Incremental Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor 150 : 150W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
O
INT
(1) (2) (3)
P. A-5
When operated at the rated acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the rated acceleration. When operated at the maximum acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the maximum acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
Cleanroom Type
Notes on Selection
Splash Proof
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
50 300
(50mm increments)
16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4 16 150 8 4
5 10 20 10 22 40 15 35 55
16 8 4
1 Stroke
2 Compatible controller
3 Cable length
4 Options
1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 60W 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price Motor Output (W) 100W
3 Cable List
Type 150W Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FT See Page Standard Price
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 16, Ball bush type) 35mm 0.08 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
263
RCS2-SRGD7BD
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
8-M6, depth 25
4-M6, depth 9
Home *2
Rod Type
Secure at least 100 * The value inside ( ) is the dimension for the extended rod tip model.
Mini Standard
*1: *2
The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ST: Stroke SE: Stroke end ME: Mechanical end
300
Cleanroom Type
r-M5, dept 12
px50 pitch
Splash Proof
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke 60W L 100W 150W 60W m n p r Weight (kg) 60W 100W 150W 100W 150W 50 126 133 145 69 76 88 25 0 4 4.3 4.5 4.8 100 176 176 176 119 119 119 35 0 4 5 5.1 5.3 150 226 226 226 169 169 169 35 1 6 5.7 5.9 6.1 200 276 276 276 219 219 219 35 2 8 6.4 6.6 6.8 250 326 326 326 269 269 269 35 3 10 7.2 7.3 7.5 300 376 376 376 319 319 319 35 4 12 7.9 8 8.2
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON
2 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes * * * * *
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-1I-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-1I-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
Note:
The SRGD7BD type actuator cannot be connected to the 5th and 6th axis of the XSEL-P/Q controller.
For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. 1 is a place holder for the motor output (W) (60, 100, 150). 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-SRGD7BD
264
Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor
RCS2-RGD4R
Configuration:
RCS2
Series
RGD4R
Type
I
Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers
Technical References
(1)
P. A-5
INT
(2) (3)
When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.
P
Cleanroom Type Splash Proof Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
Notes on Selection
Stroke
(mm) Lead
Stroke
50 300
(50mm increments)
RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:
12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3
12 6 50300
(50mm increments)
Encoder
Stroke
Compatible controller
Cable length
Options
4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price
Pulse Motor
P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)
X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)
5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)
Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FT FLR HS NM QR RP See Page Standard Price
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)
265
RCS2-RGD4R
RCS2
Dimensions
ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type
P. A-9
Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard
[No Brake]
41 9
33
20
Bracket A
40
Bracket B m
P 26 9.5
20 (Rod OD)
98.5
ME
3 SE Home
3 ME
Nut A
48
st
50
Nut A
48
29
20
30
20 73 88 100 110
37
50.5
Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
P 47
20 (Rod OD)
[Brake-Equipped]
Bracket A 8-M5 through-hole Bracket B
26
9.5
4-
4-M5
ME
st 3 SE Home
3 Nut A ME
Nut A
4-
RCS2-RGD4R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 227 277 L 30W 227 277 133 188 20W m 30W 20W P 30W
Weight (kg) 1.9 2.2
Splash Proof
80.5 95.5 113.5 128.5 2.3 2.6 2.7 250 427 427 333 3.0 300 477 477 383
48
50
88 26.5 20 26.5
20 30
15
37
29
11
st
(st+74)
RCS2-RGD4R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 277 20W 227 L 277 30W 227 188 133 20W m 30W 20W P 30W
Weight (kg) 2.1 2.4
150 200 377 327 377 327 288 233 123.5 138.5 156.5 171.5 2.5 2.8
110 100
PCON ACON
3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page
Positioner Mode
512 points
7 points
XSEL
64 points
Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes
()
Pulse Motor
SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2
20000 points
P577
XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4
20000 points
P587
* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).
RCS2-RGD4R
266